Numerical Methods & Probability Theory (20A54402) : Lecture Notes

NUMERICAL METHODS &
PROBABILITY THEORY
(20A54402)
LECTURE NOTES
II -B.TECH & I-SEM
Prepared by:
DR. B. NAGABHUSHANAM REDDY, Professor
Department of H &S
VEMU INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

(Approved By AICTE, New Delhi and Affiliated to JNTUA, Ananthapuramu)
Accredited By NAAC, NBA( EEE, ECE & CSE) & ISO: 9001-2015 Certified Institution
Near Pakala, P.Kothakota, Chittoor- Tirupathi Highway
Chittoor, Andhra Pradesh-517 112
Web Site: www.vemu.org

COURSE MATERIAL
NUMERICAL METHODS AND

SUBJECT PROBABILITY THEORY (20A54402)
UNIT 1
COURSE B. TECH
SEMESTER 2-2
DEPARTMENT HUMANITIES & SCIENCE
PREPARED BY Department of Mathematics

(Faculty Name/s)
TABLE OF CONTENTS – UNIT 2
S. NO CONTENTS PAGE
1 COURSE OBJECTIVES 1
2 PREREQUISITES 1
3 SYLLABUS 1
4 COURSE OUTCOMES 1
5 CO - PO/PSO MAPPING 2
6 LESSON PLAN 2
7 ACTIVITY BASED LEARNING 2
8 LECTURE NOTES 3
1.1 BISECTION METHOD 4
1.2 FALSE POSITION METHOD 7
1.3 NEWTON RAPHSON METHOD 11
1.4 GAUSS JORDAN METHOD 16
1.5 GAUSS SIEDAL METHOD 22
9 PRACTICE QUIZ 24
10 ASSIGNMENTS 26
11 PART A QUESTIONS & ANSWERS (2 MARKS QUESTIONS) 26
12 PART B QUESTIONS 27
13 SUPPORTIVE ONLINE CERTIFICATION COURSES 28
14 REAL TIME APPLICATIONS 28
15 CONTENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS 28
16 PRESCRIBED TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCE BOOKS 28
1. COURSE OBJECTIVES
The objectives of this course is to
• This course aims at providing the student with the knowledge on Various numerical
methods for solving equations, interpolating the polynomials, evaluation of integral
equations and solution of differential equations.
• The theory of Probability and random variables.
2. PREREQUISITES
Students should have knowledge on
1. Students should have knowledge on Numerical Techniques
2. Students should have knowledge on Probability Theory
3. SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Solution of Algebraic & Transcendental Equations:
Introduction-Bisection method-Iterative method-Regula falsi method-Newton

Raphson method System of Algebraic equations: Gauss Jordan method-Gauss
Siedal method.
4. COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
• Apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations

(L1)
• Derive interpolating polynomials using interpolation formulae (L2)
• Solve differential and integral equations numerically (L3)
• Apply Probability theory to find the chances of happening of events. (L4)
• Understand various probability distributions and calculate their statistical
Constants. (L5)
1|N M P T - U N I T - I
5. Co-PO / PSO Mapping
NMPT PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3
6. LESSON PLAN
LECTURE WEEK TOPICS TO BE COVERED REFERENCES

1 1 Introduction to Algebraic and Transcendental TB1/RB2
Equations
2 TB1/RB2
Root of an equation
3 Bisection Method TB1/RB2
4 Problems Bisection method TB1/RB2
5 Problems on Bisection method TB1/RB2
6 False Position Method TB1/RB2
7 2 TB1/RB2
Problems on FP method
8 Problems on FP method TB1/RB2
9 Newton Raphson method TB1/RB2
10 Problems on NR method TB1/RB2
11 Iteration Method TB1/RB2
12 Problems on Iteration method TB1/RB2
13 3 Gauss Jordan method TB1/RB2
14 Problems on GJ method TB1/RB2
15 Problems on GJ method TB1/RB2
16 Gauss Siedal Method TB1/RB2
17 Problems on Gauss Siedal method TB1/RB2
18 Problems on all methods TB1/RB2
7. ACTIVITY BASED LEARNING
1. To Solve Ordinary Differential Equations by using Numerical Techniques
2|N M P T - U N I T - I
8. LECTURE NOTES
Solutions of Algebraic and Transcendental equations:
1) Polynomial function: A function f ( x ) is said to be a polynomial function
if f ( x ) is a polynomial in x.
ie, 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎0 𝑥 𝑛 + 𝑎1 𝑥 𝑛−1 + ⋯ … … … . . +𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 + 𝑎𝑛
where a0  0 , the co-efficients a0 , a1...........an are real constants and n is a
non-negative integer.
2) Algebraic function: A function which is a sum (or) difference (or) product of
two polynomials is called an algebraic function. Otherwise, the function is

called a transcendental (or) non-algebraic function.
𝑥3
Eg: (i) 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐1 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑐2 𝑒 −𝑥 = 0 (𝑖𝑖) 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 5𝑥 − +3 =0
2
3) Root of an equation: A number  is called a root of an equation f ( x ) = 0 if
f ( ) = 0 . We also say that  is a zero of the function.
Note: The roots of an equation are the abscissae of the points where the graph
y = f ( x ) cuts the x-axis.
Methods to find the roots of f (x) = 0
Direct method:
We know the solution of the polynomial equations such as linear equation

𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 =0, and quadratic equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0 ,using direct methods or
analytical methods. Analytical methods for the solution of cubic and
quadratic equations are also available.
3|N M P T - U N I T - I
1.1. Bisection method:
Bisection method is a simple iteration method to solve an equation. This method is

also known as Bolzano method of successive bisection. Sometimes it is referred to
as half-interval method.
(i) Suppose we know an equation of the form f ( x ) = 0 has exactly one real
root between two real numbers x0 , x1 .The number is chosen such that
f ( x0 ) and f ( x1 ) will have opposite sign.
(ii) Let us bisect the interval  x0 , x1  into two half intervals and find the mid
x +x
point x2 = 0 1 . If f ( x2 ) = 0 then x2 is a root.
2
(iii) If f ( x1 ) and f ( x2 ) have same sign then the root lies between x0 and x2.
(iv) The interval is taken as [𝑥0 , 𝑥2 ]. Otherwise the root lies in the interval  x2 , x1  .
(v) Next calculate x 3 , x4, x5---,until two consecutive iterations are equal.
Then we stop the process after getting desired accuracy.
This method is known as Bisection Method
PROBLEMS
1). Find a root of the equation x 3 − 5 x + 1 = 0 using the bisection method in 5 –

stages
𝑓(0) > 0
Sol Let 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑥 3 − 5𝑥 + 1. We note that 𝑎𝑛𝑑
𝑓(1) < 0
 One root lies between 0 and 1
Consider x0 = 0 and x1 = 1
By Bisection method the next approximation is
x0 + x1 1
x2 = = ( 0 + 1) = 0.5
2 2
 f ( x2 ) = f ( 0 : 5 ) = −1.375  0 and f ( 0 )  0
4|N M P T - U N I T - I
We have the root lies between 0 and 0.5
0 + 0.5
Now x3 = = 0.25
2
We find f ( x3 ) = −0.234375  0 and f ( 0 )  0
Since f ( 0 )  0 , we conclude that root lies between x0 and x3
The third approximation of the root is
𝑥0 +𝑥3 1
𝑥4 = = 2 (0 + 0.25) = 0.125
2
We have f ( x4 ) = 0.37495  0
Since f ( x4 )  0 and f ( x3 )  0 , the root lies between
x4 = 0.125 and x3 = 0.25
Considering the 4th approximation of the roots
x3 + x4 1
x5 = = ( 0.125 + 0.25) = 0.1875
2 2
f ( x5 ) = 0.06910  0 , since f ( x5 )  0 and f ( x3 )  0 the root must lie between
𝑥5 = 0.18758 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥3 = 0.25
Here the fifth approximation of the root is
1
x6 = ( x5 + x3 )
2
1
= ( 0.1875 + 0.25 )
2
= 0.21875
We are asked to do up to 5 stages
We stop here 0.21875 is taken as an approximate value of the root
and it lies between 0 and 1

5|N M P T - U N I T - I
2) Find a root of the equation x 3 − 4 x − 9 = 0 using bisection method in four stages
Sol Let f ( x ) = x3 − 4 x − 9
We note that f ( 2 )  0 and f ( 3)  0
 One root lies between 2 and 3
Consider x0 = 2 and x1 = 3
x0 + x1
By Bisection method x2 = = 2.5
2
Calculating f ( x2 ) = f ( 2.5 ) = −3.375  0
 The root lies between 𝑥2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥1
1 2.5+3
The second approximation is 𝑥3 = 2 (𝑥1 + 𝑥2 ) = = 2.75
2
Now 𝑓(𝑥3 ) = 𝑓(2.75) = 0.7969 > 0
 The root lies between x2 and x3
Thus the third approximation to the root is
1
x4 = ( x2 + x3 ) = 2.625
2
Again f ( x4 ) = f ( 2.625 ) = −1.421  0
 The root lies between x3 and x4
1 1
Fourth approximation is𝑥5 = 2 (𝑥3 + 𝑥4 ) = 2 (2.75 + 2.625) = 2.6875
6|N M P T - U N I T - I
1.2. False Position Method ( Regula – Falsi Method)
In the false position method we will find the root of the equation f ( x ) = 0 Consider
two initial approximate values x0 and x1 near the required root so that
f ( x0 ) and f ( x1 ) have different signs. This implies that a root lies between x0 and x1 .
The curve f ( x ) crosses x- axis only once at the Point x2 lying between the
points 𝑥0 𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑥1 . Consider the point A = ( x0 , f ( x0 ) ) and B = ( x1 , f ( x1 ) ) on the graph
and suppose they are connected by a straight line. Suppose this line cuts x-axis
at𝑥2 . We calculate the value of f ( x2 ) at the point. If f ( x0 ) and f ( x2 ) are of
opposite signs, then the root lies between x0 and x2 and value x1 is replaced by x2
Otherwise the root lies between x2 and x1 and the value of x0 is replaced by
𝑥2 .Another line is drawn by connecting the newly obtained pair of values. Again
the point here cuts the x-axis is a closer approximation to the root. This process is
repeated as many times as required to obtain the desired accuracy. It can be
observed that the points
x2 , x3 , x4 ,…obtained converge to the expected root of the equation y = f ( x )
The below graph shows how to execute Regula Falsi Method
To Obtain the equation to find the next approximation to the root
7|N M P T - U N I T - I
Let A = ( x0 , f ( x0 ) ) and B = ( x1 , f ( x1 ) ) be the points on the curve y = f ( x ) Then the
𝑦−𝑓(𝑥0 ) 𝑓(𝑥1 )−𝑓(𝑥0 )
equation to the chord AB is = − − − − − −(1)
𝑥−𝑥0 𝑥1 −𝑥0
At the point C where the line AB crosses the x – axis, where 𝑓(𝑥) = 0 𝑖𝑒, 𝑦 = 0
x1 − x0
From (1), we get x = x0 − f ( x0 ) → --------------(2)
( 2)
f ( x1 ) − f ( x0 )
x is given by (2) serves as an approximated value of the root, when the interval in
which it lies is small. If the new value of x is taken as x2 then (2) becomes
( x1 − x0 ) f x
x2 = x0 − ( 0)
f ( x1 ) − f ( x0 )
x f ( x1 ) − x1 f ( x0 )
= 0 → ( 3) -------------(3)
f ( x1 ) − f ( x0 )
Now we decide whether the root lies between
x0 and x2 ( or ) x2 and x1
We name that interval as ( x1 , x2 ) The line joining(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) meets x – axis at x3
x1 f ( x2 ) − x2 f ( x1 )
is given by x3 =
f ( x2 ) − f ( x1 )
8|N M P T - U N I T - I
This will in general, be nearest to the exact root. We continue this procedure till
the root is found to the desired accuracy
The iteration process based on (3) is known as the method of false position
The successive intervals where the root lies, in the above procedure are named
as
( x0 , x1 ) , ( x1 , x2 ) , ( x2 , x3 ) etc
Where 𝑥𝑖 < 𝑥𝑖+1 and𝑓(𝑥0 ), 𝑓(𝑥𝑖+1 ) are of opposite signs.
xi −1 f ( xi ) − xi f ( xi −1 )
Also xi +1 =
f ( xi ) − f ( xi −1 )
PROBLEMS:
1. By using Regula - Falsi method, find an approximate root of the equation

x 4 − x − 10 = 0 that lies between 1.8 and 2. Carry out three approximations
Sol. Let us take f ( x ) = x 4 − x − 10 and x0 = 1.8, x1 = 2
Then f ( x0 ) = f (1.8 ) = −1.3  0 and f ( x1 ) = f ( 2 ) = 4  0
Since f ( x0 ) and f ( x1 ) are of opposite signs, the equation f ( x ) = 0 has a root

between x0 and x1
The first order approximation of this root is
x1 − x0
x2 = x0 − f ( x0 )
f ( x1 ) − f ( x0 )
2 − 1.8
= 1.8 −  ( −1.3)
4 + 1.3
=1.849
We find that f ( x2 ) = −0.161 so that f ( x2 ) and f ( x1 ) are of opposite signs. Hence
the root lies between x2 and x1 and the second order approximation of the root is
9|N M P T - U N I T - I
 x1 − x2 
x3 = x2 −   . f ( x2 )
 f ( x1 ) − f ( x2 ) 
 2 − 1.849 
= 1.8490 −   ( −0.159 )
 0.159 
= 1.8548
We find that f ( x3 ) = f (1.8548 )
= −0.019
So that f ( x3 ) and f ( x2 ) are of the same sign. Hence, the root does not lie between
x2 and x3 .But f ( x3 ) and f ( x1 ) are of opposite signs. So the root lies between
x3 and x1 and the third order approximate value of the root is 𝑥4 = 𝑥3 −

𝑥 −𝑥
[𝑓(𝑥 1)−𝑓(𝑥
3
)
] 𝑓(𝑥3 )
1 3
2 − 1.8548
= 1.8548 − × (−0.019)
4 + 0.019
= 1.8557
This gives the approximate value of x.
2. Find out the roots of the equation x 3 − x − 4 = 0 using False position method
Sol. Let f ( x ) = x 3 − x − 4 = 0
Then f ( 0 ) = −4, f (1) = −4, f ( 2 ) = 2
Since f (1) and f ( 2 ) have opposite signs the root lies between 1 and 2
x0 f ( x1 ) − x1 f ( x0 )
By False position method x2 =
f ( x1 ) − f ( x0 )
x2 =
(1 2 ) − 2 ( −4 )
2 − ( −4 )
2 + 8 10
= = = 1.666
6 6
10|N M P T - U N I T - I
f (1.666 ) = (1.666 ) − 1.666 − 4
3
= −1.042
Now, the root lies between 1.666 and 2
1.666  2 − 2  ( −1.042 )
x3 = = 1.780
2 − ( −1.042 )
f (1.780 ) = (1.780 ) − 1.780 − 4
3
= −0.1402
1.780  2 − 2  ( −0.1402 )
x4 = = 1.794
2 − ( −0.1402 )
f (1.794 ) = (1.794 ) − 1.794 − 4
3
= −0.0201
1.794  2 − 2  ( −0.0201)
x5 = = 1.796
2 − ( −0.0201)
f (1.796 ) = (1.796 ) − 1.796 − 4 = −0.0027
3
1.796  2 − 2  ( −0.0027 )
x6 = = 1.796
2 − ( −0.0027 )
The root is 1.796
1.3. Newton- Raphson Method:-
The Newton- Raphson method is a powerful and elegant method to find the
root of an equation. This method is generally used to improve the results obtained by
the previous methods.
11|N M P T - U N I T - I
Let x0 be an approximate root of f ( x ) = 0 and let x1 = x0 + h be the correct root
which implies that f ( x1 ) = 0 . We use Taylor’s theorem and expand
f ( x1 ) = f ( x0 + h ) = 0
 f ( x0 ) + hf 1 ( x0 ) = 0
f ( x0 )
h=−
f 1 ( x0 )
Substituting this in x1 ,we get
x1 = x0 + h
f ( x0 )
= x0 −
f 1 ( x0 )
 x1 is a better approximation than x0
Successive approximations are given by

𝑓(𝑥 )
𝑥2 , 𝑥3 … … … . . 𝑥𝑛+1 Where 𝑥𝑖+1 = 𝑥𝑖 − 𝑓1(𝑥𝑖 )
𝑖
PROBLEMS:
1. Apply Newton – Rapson method to find an approximate root, correct to three

decimal places, of the equation x 3 − 3 x − 5 = 0, which lies near x = 2
Sol:- Here f ( x ) = x3 − 3x − 5 = 0 and f 1 ( x ) = 3 ( x 2 − 1)
 The Newton – Raphson iterative formula
12|N M P T - U N I T - I
xi 3 − 3xi − 5 2 xi 3 + 5
xi +1 = xi − = , i = 0,1, 2.... (1)
3 ( xi 2 − 1) 3 ( xi 2 − 1)
To find the root near x = 2 , we take x0 = 2 then (1) gives
2 x03 + 5 16 + 5 21
x1 = = = = 2.3333
3 ( x0 − 1) 3 ( 4 − 1) 9
2
2  ( 2.3333) + 5
3
2 x13 + 5
x2 = = = 2.2806
3 ( x12 − 1) 3 ( 2.3333)2 − 1
 
2𝑥23 + 5 2 × (2.2806)3 + 5
𝑥3 = = = 2.2790
3(𝑥23 − 1) 3[(2.2806)2 − 1]
2 × (2.2790)3 + 5
𝑥4 = = 2.2790
3[(2.2790)2 − 1]
Since x3 and x4 are identical up to 3 places of decimal, we take x4 = 2.279 as
the required root, correct to three places of the decimal
2. Using Newton – Raphson method
a) Find square root of a number
b) Find reciprocal of a number
Sol. a) Square root:-
Let f ( x ) = x 2 − N = 0 , where N is the number whose square root is to be found.

The solution to f ( x ) is then x = N
Here f ' ( x ) = 2 x
By Newton-Raphson technique
f ( xi ) xi 2 − N
xi +1 = xi − = xi −
f 1 ( xi ) 2 xi
13|N M P T - U N I T - I
1 N
 xi +1 =  xi + 
2 xi 
Using the above iteration formula the square root of any number N can be
found to any desired accuracy. For example, we will find the square root of
N = 24 .
Let the initial approximation be x0 = 4.8
1 24 1 23.04 + 24 47.04
𝑥1 = (4.8 + )= ( )= = 4.9
2 4.8 2 4.8 9.6
1 24  1  24.01 + 24  48.01
x2 =  4.9 + =  = = 4.898
2 4.9  2  4.9  9.8
1 24  1  23.9904 + 24  47.9904
x3 =  4.898 + =  = = 4.898
2 4.898  2  4.898  9.796
Since x2 = x3 , therefore the solution to f ( x ) = x 2 − 24 = 0 is 4.898 . That means,
The square root of 24 is 4.898
b) Reciprocal:-
1
Let f ( x ) = − N = 0 where N is the number whose reciprocal is to be found
x
−1
The solution to f ( x ) is then 𝑥 = 𝑁 . Also, f 1 ( x ) =
1
x2
To find the solution for f ( x ) = 0 , apply Newton – Raphson method
1
(𝑥 − 𝑁)
𝑖
𝑥𝑖+1 = 𝑥𝑖 − = 𝑥𝑖 (2 − 𝑥𝑖 𝑁)
−1⁄𝑥𝑖2
For example, the calculation of reciprocal of 22 is as follows
Assume the initial approximation be x0 = 0.045
14|N M P T - U N I T - I
 x1 = 0.045 ( 2 − 0.045  22 )
= 0.045 ( 2 − 0.99 )
= 0.0454 (1.01) = 0.0454
x2 = 0.0454 ( 2 − 0.0454  22 )
= 0.0454 ( 2 − 0.9988 )
= 0.0454 (1.0012 ) = 0.04545
x3 = 0.04545 ( 2 − 0.04545  22 )
= 0.04545 (1.0001) = 0.04545
𝑥4 = 0.04545(2 − 0.04545 × 22)
= 0.04545(2 − 0.99998)
= 0.04545(1.00002)
= 0.0454509
 The reciprocal of 22 is 0.04545
3. Find by Newton’s method, the real root of the equation 𝑥𝑒 𝑥 − 2 = 0 correct to

three decimal places.
Sol. Let f ( x ) = xe x − 2 → (1)
Then f ( 0 ) = −2 and f (1) = e − 2 = 0.7183
So root of f ( x ) lies between 0 and 1
It is near to 1. So we take x0 = 1 and f 1 ( x ) = xe x + e x and f 1 (1) = e + e = 5.4366
 By Newton’s Rule
f ( x0 )
First approximation x1 = x0 −
f 1 ( x0 )
0.7183
= 1− = 0.8679
5.4366
 f ( x1 ) = 0.0672 f 1 ( x1 ) = 4.4491
15|N M P T - U N I T - I
f ( x1 )
The second approximation x2 = x1 −
f 1 ( x1 )
0.0672
= 0.8679 −
4.4491
= 0.8528
 Required root is 0.853 correct to 3 decimal places.
1.4.GAUSS JORDAN METHOD:
SYSTEM OF NON HOMOGENEOUS LINEAR EQUATIONS
An equation of the form a1 x1 + a 2 x 2 + .............. + a n x n = b where x1, x2 ,………,xn are

unknowns and a1 , a2 ,……………….,an , b are constants is called linear equation in n
unknowns .
Definition: Consider the system of m linear equations in n unknowns x1, x2 ,………,xn as given
below:
a11 x1 + a1 2 x 2 + .............. + a1 n x n = b1
a 21 x1 + a 2 2 x 2 + .............. + a 2 n x n = b2
……………………………………………………….
ai 1 x1 + ai 2 x 2 + .............. + ai n x n = bi
……………………………………………………….
a m1 x1 + a m 2 x 2 + .............. + a m n x n = bm
The number aij’s are known as coefficient and b1 , b2 , …………….bm are constants. An
ordered n-tuple (x1, x2 ,………,xn ) satisfying all the equations simultaneously is called a
solution of system.
Non-Homogeneous system:
If all bi  0 i.e.at least one bi  0.

16|N M P T - U N I T - I
Matrix Representation:
The above system of linear non Homogeneous equations can be written in Matrix form as
AX=B
 a11 a12 ........... a1n   x1   b1 

a a 22..................... a 2 n   x 2  =  b2 
 21
a m1 a m 2...................... a mn   x n  bm 
Augmented Matrix:
It is denoted by [A/B] or [A B] is obtained by Augmenting A by the column B.
 a11 a12 ........... a1n b1 

 a 2 n b2 
∴[A /B] =  a 21 a 22.....................
a m1 a m 2...................... a mn bm 
By reducing [A /B] into its row echelon form the existence and uniqueness of solution
AX = B exists.
NOTE:
Given a system, we do not know in general whether it has a solution or not .If there is at
least one solution , then the system is said to be consistent .If does not have any solution
then the system is inconsistent.
CONSISTENT: A system is said to be consistent if it has at least one solution
NOTE: Here rank is denoted by 
Gauss Jordan Method: In Gauss Jordan method augmented matrix [A/B] can be reduced
to identity matrix and column matrix by elementary row operations. Finally last column
gives solutions of given linear system.
The Augmented matrix [A/B] can be reduced as follows by elementary row

operations
17|N M P T - U N I T - I
1 1 2 4 1 0 0  
 2 − 1 3 9  = 0 1 0  
[A/ B] =    
3 − 1 − 1 2 0 0 1  
Then last column is the solution set of given linear system
For Non Homogeneous System, The system AX = B is consistent i.e it has a solution.
The system is inconsistent i.e. it has no solution.
NOTE: Find the rank A and rank [A /B] by reducing the augmented matrix [A /B] to
Echelon form by elementary row operations. Then the matrix A will be reduced to Echelon
form.
This procedure is illustrated through the following examples.
Example 1: Find whether the following equations are consistent, if so solve them
By Gauss Jordan method x + y + 2z= 4; 2x – y + 3z = 9; 3x – y - z = 2.
1 1 2  x  4
2 − 1 3   y  
Solution: The given equations can be written in the matrix form as     = 9 
3 − 1 − 1  z  2
i.e. .AX = B Use Gauss Jordan method
1 1 2 4
2 − 1 3 9 
The Augmented matrix [A/ B] =  
3 − 1 − 1 2
Applying R2 → R2 – 2R1 and R3 → R3 – 3R1
1 1 2 4 
0 − 3 − 1 1 
[A / B] = 
0 − 4 − 7 − 10
Applying R3 → 3R3 - 4R2
18|N M P T - U N I T - I
1 1 2 4 
0 − 3 − 1 1 
[A / B] = 
0 0 − 17 − 34
Since Rank of A = 3 & Rank of [A / B] = 3
Since the number of non- zero rows of matrix A is 3
Since the number of non- zero rows of matrix [A /B] is 3
∴ Rank of A = Rank of [A B]
i.e.  ( A) =  ( AB )
1 1 2   x  4 
0 − 3 − 1   y  
    =  1 
0 0 − 17  z  − 34
 R3← R3/(-17)
1 1 2   x  4
0 − 3 − 1  y  1 
   =  
0 0 1   z  2
 R1← R1-2 R3 and R2→R2+R3
1 1 0   x  0 
0 − 3 0   y   3
   =  
0 0 1  z  2
Next perform R2/(-3) and R1→R1-R2
1 0 0  x  1
0 1 0   y  − 1
   =  
0 0 1  z   2 
19|N M P T - U N I T - I
 x 1
 y  
  = − 1
z  2 
Then solution set X=  
∴ x = 1, y = -1 , z = 2 is the solution.
Example 2: Using Gauss Jordan method solve linear equations given below
x + 2y+ 2z = 2; 3x - 2y - z = 5: 2x - 5y + 3z = -4; x + 4y + 6z = 0.
Solution: The given equations can be written in the matrix form as AX = B
1 2 2 2
3 − 2 − 1  x   
i.e.    y =  5 
2 − 5 3    − 4
   z   
1 4 6 0
1 2 2 2
3 − 2 − 1 5 
The Augmented matrix [A/ B] =  
 2 − 5 3 − 4
 
1 4 6 0
Use Gauss Jordan method
Applying R2 → R2 – 3R1; R3 → R3 – 2R1; R4 → R4 – R1
1 2 2 2 
0 − 8 − 7 − 1 
[A /B] =  
0 − 9 − 1 − 8 
 
0 2 4 − 2
Applying R3 → 8R3 – 9R2;; R4 → 4R4 +R2 ,we get
1 2 2 2 
0 − 8 − 7 − 1 
[A/B] =  
0 0 55 − 55
 
0 0 9 −9 
Applying R3 → R3/55; R4 → R4/9
20|N M P T - U N I T - I
1 2 2 2
0 − 8 − 7 − 1
[A /B]   
0 0 1 − 1
 
0 0 1 − 1
Applying R4 → R4 -R3
1 2 2 2
0 − 8 − 7 − 1
[A /B]   
0 0 1 − 1
 
0 0 0 0
Since Rank of A = 3 & Rank of [A/ B] = 3
∴ Rank of A = Rank of [A /B]
i.e.  ( A) =  ( AB )
The given system is consistent, so it has a solution.
1 2 2 2
0 − 8 − 7   x  − 1
   y
We have =  
0 0 1   − 1
   z   
0 0 0  0
 Apply R1-2R3,R2+7R3
1 2 0 4
0 − 8  x
 0  y
 − 8
 
  =
0 0 1  − 1
   z   
0 0 0 0
Next R2/(-8) and R1-2R2 then
1 0 0 2
0  x
 1 0  y
1
 
0 0 1   = − 1
   z   
0 0 0 0
21|N M P T - U N I T - I
∴ x = 2 , y = 1 , z = -1 is the solution.
1.5. Gauss Siedel Method:
Algorithm: Consider the linear system of equations as
(i) a1 x+b1y+c1z=d1
a2x+b2y+c2z=d2
a3x+b3y+c3z=d3
(ii) If a1,b2, c3 are large as compared with other coefficients , then solve them for x,y,z
respectively .
The system can be written in the below form

1
X = 𝑎1 (d1-b1y-c1z)
1
Y = 𝑏2 (d2-a2x-c2z)
1
Z= 𝑐3 (d3-a3x-b3y)
(iii) First iteration: We can calculate first iteration values in the following equations
1
X1 = 𝑎1 (d1-b1y0+c1z0)
1
Y1 = 𝑏2 (d2-a2x1-c2z0)
1
Z1= 𝑐3 (d3-a3x1-b3y1)
(iv) Second iteration: Formulas for second iteration

1
X2 = 𝑎1 (d1-b1y1+c1z1)
1
Y2= 𝑏2 (d2-a2x2-c2z1)
1
Z2= 𝑐3 (d3-a3x2-b3y2)
------------------------------------
--------------------------------------
First take initial values zeroes as new approximation for an un known value found, it is
immediately used in next step. We continued these processes up to two successive
22|N M P T - U N I T - I
iterations are approximately equal. This procedure is called as Gauss Siedal iteration
method.
PROBLEMS:
1. Solve by Gauss Siedal method 10x+y+z=12 , 2x+10y+z=13 , 2x+2y+10z=14
Sol. Given equations are 10x+y+z=12----(1)
2x+10y+z=13----(2)
2x+2y+10z=14---(3)
1
From (1) x=10 (12-y-z)
1
From (2) y= 10 (13-2x-z)
1
From (3) z = 10 (14-2x-2y)
1 1
First iteration: X1 = 10 (12-y0-z0)= 10 (12-0-0) = 1.2
1 1
Y1 = (13-2x1-z0) = (13-2(1.2)-0)=1.06
10 10
1 1
Z1= 10 (14-2x1-2y1) = 10 (14-2(1.2)-2(1.06)) =0.948
1 1
Second iteration: X2 = 10 (12-y1-z1)= 10 (12-1.2-1.06) = 0.999
1 1
Y2 = 10 (13-2x2-z1) = 10 (13-2(0.999)-0.948)=1.005
1 1
Z2= 10 (14-2x2-2y2) = 10 (14-2(0.999)-2(1.005)) =0.999
1 1
Third iteration: X3 = 10 (12-y2-z2)= 10 (12-1.005-0.999) = 1
1 1
Y3 = 10 (13-2x3-z2) = 10 (13-2(1)-0.999)=1
1 1
Z3= 10 (14-2x3-2y3) = 10 (14-2(1)-2(1)) =1
1 1
Fourth iteration: X4 = 10 (12-y3-z3)= 10 (12-1-1) = 1
1 1
Y4= 10 (13-2x4-z3) = 10 (13-2(1)-1)=1
1 1
Z4= 10 (14-2x4-2y4) = 10 (14-2(1)-2(1)) =1
Since third and fourth iterations are equal then desired set of solutions are
23|N M P T - U N I T - I
X=1, y=1 , z=1
2. Using Gauss Siedal method solve the linear system 20x+y-2z=17,3x+20y-z=-18,2x-

3y+20z=25
3. Solve 6x+y+z=105,4x+8y+3z=155,5x+4y-10z=65 by Gauss Siedal method.
9. Practice Quiz
1. Newton’s iterative formula for finding the Cube root of a number N is xn+1 = [b ]
1 N 
2 x n + 2 
3  x n 
a)
1 N 
2 x n + 3 
3  x n 
b)
1 N 
2 x n − 2 
3  x n 
c)
1 N 
2 x n − 3 
3  x n 
d)
2. Iteration formula in Newton-Raphson method is [b ]
f (x n )
x n +1 = x n +
f 1 (x n )
a)
f (x n )
x n +1 = x n −
f 1 (x n )
b)
f 1 (x n )
x n +1 = x n +
c) f (x n )
f 1 (x n )
x n +1 = x n −
d) f (x n )
3. Which of the following is an algebraic equation ……….. [b ]
24|N M P T - U N I T - I
a)
x 2 − log x − 1.2 = 0
b) x + 2 x + x + 1 = 0
3 2
c) cos x = xe
x
d) xe − 1 = 0
x
4. Which of the following is a transcendental equation… [a ]
a)
x 2 − log x = 1.2
b) x + 2 x + x + 1 = 0
3 2
c) x − 3 x − 5 = 0
3
d) x − 5 x + 1 = 0
3
5. Using the false position method, the formula for the approximate root of the equation
f ( x ) = 0 is…………. [a ]
af ( b ) − bf ( a )
x=
f (b ) − f ( a )
a)
bf ( b ) − af ( a )
x=
f (b ) − f ( a )
b)
af ( b ) + bf ( a )
x=
f (b ) + f ( a )
c)
bf ( b ) + af ( a )
x=
f (b ) + f ( a )
d)
6. If the root of the equation x 3 − 6 x + 4 = 0 lies between 0 & 1, then the first
approximation of the required root using Newton-Raphson method is……. [c ]
a)0.55555
b)0.4444
c)0.77777
d)0.66666
7. The nth order difference of a polynomial of nth degree is______ [a ]
a) Constant
25|N M P T - U N I T - I
b) 0
c) Polynomial of first degree
d) Polynomial of (n – 1)th degree
10. Assignments
S.No Question BL CO
Find and approximate value of the real root of 𝑥 3 − 𝑥 − 1 = 0 using

1 1 1
Bisection method.
Find real root of the equation 𝑥𝑙𝑜𝑔10 (𝑥) = 1.2 using false position
2 1 1
method.
Usi Using Newton-Rapshon method find the root of the equation
3 1 1
𝑥 + 𝑙𝑜𝑔10 (𝑥) = 3.375 and correct to four significant figures.
Solve the system 2𝑥 − 𝑦 + 4𝑧 = 12; 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 𝑧 = 10; 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧 = 6 by
4 3 1
Gauss Jordan method
Express the following system in matrix form and solve by Gauss-seidal
5 3 1
method, 4 x − y − z = 3;−2 x + 6 y + z = 9;− x + y + 7 z = −6 .
11. Part A- Question & Answers
S.No Question& Answers BL CO

Write formula for Regular Falsi method.
1 af (b) − bf (a) 1 1
Sol. x= .
f (b) − f (a)
Locate the negative root of x 3 − 2 x + 5 = 0 approximately.
Sol. f(x)= x 3 − 2 x + 5 1 1
2
f(-1)= -1+2+5=6>0, f(-2)=-8+4+5=1>0, f(-3)=-27+6+5=-16<0.
Root lies between -2 & -3
Find f(x1) an approximate value of the equation x 3 + x − 1 = 0 ,
using the method of regular falsi.
Sol. f(x)= x 3 + x − 1 = 0
f(0.5)= -0.675 and f(1)=1
Hence the root lies between 0.5 and 1
3 1 1
a=0.5 and b=1
af (b) − bf (a)
X0= =0.64
f (b) − f (a)
f(0.64) = -0.0979 <0
 the root lies between 0.64 and 1
26|N M P T - U N I T - I
(0.64)(1) − (1)(−0.0979)
X1= = 0.672
1 − (−0.0979)
Write formula for Newton-Raphson method.
4 f (x ) 1 1
Sol. xi +1 = xi − 1 i
f ( xi )
State the order of convergence and convergence condition for
NR method?
5 Sol: The order of convergence is 2 1 1
2
Condition of convergence is f ( x) f 11 ( x)  f 1 ( x)
Develop an algorithm using Newton-Raphson method, to find
the square root of a positive number.
Sol. The square root of the a positive number N is the root of
the equation. x 2 − N = 0
6 f ( x) = x 2 − N , f 1 ( x) = 2 x 1 1
By Newton-Raphson technique, we have
f (x ) x2 − N 1  N
xi +1 = xi − 1 i = xi − i =  xi + 
f ( xi ) 2 xi 2 xi 
Write merits and demerits of Newton-Raphson method.
Sol. Merits: 1. In this method convergence is quite fast provided
the starting value is close to the desired root.
2. It is single point iteration method and it can be used
for solving
algebraic and transcendental equations. It can also
7 be used when the roots are complex. 1 1
Demerits: 1. It is not applicable to find the approximated
values of a reaped root.
2. The method should not be used in case where
the graph of the function when it crosses the x axis is nearly
horizontal.
.
12. Part B- Questions
S.No Question BL CO
Find and approximate value of the real root of 𝑥 3 − 𝑥 − 1 = 0 using
1 1 1
Bisection method
2 Fi Find real root of the equation 𝑥𝑙𝑜𝑔10 (𝑥) = 1.2 using false position method. 1 1
Fit root of equation 𝑥 3 − 4𝑥 − 9 = 0 using Bisection method in four
3 1 1
stages.
Fin Find by Iteration method , the real root between 0 and 1 of the equation
4 1 1
𝑥 3 − 6𝑥 + 4 = 0 correct to five decimal places
27|N M P T - U N I T - I
Find the root of the equation 𝑥𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥 + 𝑐𝑜𝑥 = 0. Using Newton-Raphson
5 1 1
method.
Test the system by Gauss Jordan method 2𝑥 + 𝑦 + 5𝑧 = 4; 3𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 2𝑧 =
6 3 1
2; 5𝑥 − 8𝑦 − 4𝑧 = 1 solve them.
Solve the following system in matrix form and solve by Gauss-seidal method,
7 4 x − y − z = 3;−2 x + 6 y + z = 9;− x + y + 7 z = −6 .
3 1
13. Supportive Online Certification Courses:

➢ An Introductory Method to Numerical Analysis (NPTEL)
➢ Probability & Statistics (NPTEL)
14. Real Time Applications:

• Application of Numerical methods as a way of transforming linear equations
and differential equations
15. Content beyond the Syllabus:

• Numerical Differentiation and Applications
16. Prescribed Text Books and Reference Books:

Text Books:
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons,
2011.
3. Ronald E. Walpole “Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists”, PNIE
Reference Books:
1. B.V.Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Mc Graw Hill publishers.
2. Alan Jeffrey, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Elsevier.
28|N M P T - U N I T - I
COURSE MATERIAL
NUMERICAL METHODS AND PROBABILITY

SUBJECT STATISTICS (20A54402)
UNIT 2
COURSE B.TECH
SEMESTER 2-2

(Faculty Name/s)
S. NO CONTENTS PAGE
2 PREREQUISITES 1
3 SYLLABUS 1
4 COURSE OUTCOMES 1
6 LESSON PLAN 2
8 LECTURE NOTES 3
2.1 FINITE DIFFERENCES 4
2.2 NEWTON FORWARD-BACKWARD FORMULA 16
2.3 GAUSS’S FORWARD-BACKWARD FORMULA 22
2.4 LAGRANGE’S INTERPOLATION FORMULA 25
2.5 STIRLING’S FORMULA 31
2.6 BESSEL’S FORMULA 31
9 PRACTICE QUIZ 33
10 ASSIGNMENTS 36
• This course aims at providing the student with the knowledge on Various numerical
methods for solving equations, interpolating the polynomials, evaluation of integral
equations and solution of differential equations.
2. PREREQUISITES
3. SYLLABUS
UNIT II
Interpolation:
Finite differences-Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae –
Lagrange’s formulae. Gauss forward and backward formula, Stirling’s
formula, Bessel’s formula.
4. COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
• Apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations

(L1)
• Derive interpolating polynomials using interpolation formulae (L2)
• Solve differential and integral equations numerically (L3)
• Apply Probability theory to find the chances of happening of events. (L4)
• Understand various probability distributions and calculate their statistical
Constants. (L5)
1|N M P T - U N I T - I I
CO1 3
6. LESSON PLAN

1 1 Introduction to Finite Differences TB1/RB2
2 TB1/RB2
Problems on Forward-Backward Differences
3 Newton’s Forward formula TB1/RB2
4 Problems Newton’s Forward formula TB1/RB2
5 Newton’s Backward Formula TB1/RB2
6 Problems on Newton’s Backward formula TB1/RB2
7 2 TB1/RB2
Lagrange’s Interpolation formula
8 Problems on Lagrange’s Interpolation formula TB1/RB2
9 Problem’s on Lagrange’s Interpolation formula TB1/RB2
10 Gauss’s Forward Interpolation formula TB1/RB2
11 Problems on Gauss’s Forward formula TB1/RB2
12 Problems on on all formulas TB1/RB2
13 3 Gauss Backward Interpolation formula TB1/RB2
14 Problems on Gauss Backward formula TB1/RB2
15 Stirling’s Formula TB1/RB2
16 Problems on Stirling’s Formula TB1/RB2
17 Bessel’s Formula TB1/RB2
18 Problems on Bessel’s Formula TB1/RB2
1. To Solve Ordinary Differential Equations by using Numerical Techniques
8. LECTURE NOTES
Interpolation
Introduction:-
If we consider the statement y = f ( x ) x0  x  xn we understand that we can find
the value of y, corresponding to every value of x in the range x0  x  xn . If the function
f ( x ) is single valued and continuous and is known explicitly then the values of f ( x )
for certain values of x like x0 , x1 ,.........xn can be calculated. The problem now is if we
are given the set of tabular values
x : x0 x1 x2 ........ xn
y : y0 y1 y2 ........ yn
Satisfying the relation y = f ( x ) and the explicit definition of f ( x ) is not known,
then it is possible to find a simple function say f ( x ) such that f ( x ) and  ( x ) agree at
the set of tabulated points. This process to finding  ( x ) is called interpolation. If  ( x ) is
a polynomial then the process is called polynomial interpolation and  ( x ) is called
interpolating polynomial. In our study we are concerned with polynomial

interpolation
Errors in Polynomial Interpolation:-
Suppose the function y ( x ) which is defined at the points ( xi , yi ) i = 0,1, 2,3 − − − −n is
continuous and differentiable ( n + 1) times let n ( x ) be polynomial of degree not
exceeding n such that n ( xi ) = yi , i = 1, 2 − − − n → (1) be the approximation of y ( x )
using this n ( xi ) for other value of x, not defined by (1) the error is to be determined
Since y ( x ) − n ( x ) = 0 for x − x0 , x1 ,......xn we put
y ( x ) − n ( x ) = L n +1 ( x )
Where  n +1 ( x ) = ( x − x0 ) ......... ( x − xn ) → ( 3) and L to be determined such that the
equation (2) holds for any intermediate value of x such as x = x1 , x0  x1  xn
y ( x1 ) − n ( x1 )
Clearly L = → ( 4)
 n +1 ( x1 )
We construct a function F ( x ) such that F ( x ) = F ( xn ) = F ( x1 ) . Then F ( x ) vanishes
( n + 2) times in the interval  x0 , xn  . Then by repeated application of Rolle’s theorem.
F 1 ( x ) Must be zero ( n + 1) times, F 11 ( x ) must be zero n times…….. in the interval  x0 , xn  .
Also F n +1 ( x ) = 0 once in this interval. Suppose this point is x =  , x0    xn differentiate
(5) ( n + 1) times with respect to x and putting x =  , we get
y n +1 (  )
y n +1
( ) − L ( n + 1)! = 0 Which implies that L =
( n + 1)!
Comparing (4) and (6) , we get
y n+1 (  )
y ( x ) − n ( x ) =
1 1
 n+1 ( x1 )
( n + 1)!
 n +1 ( x )
This can be written as y ( x ) − n ( x ) = y n +1 (  )
( n + 1)!
This given the required expression x0    xn for error
2.1. Finite Differences:-
1. Introduction:-
In this chapter, we introduce what are called the forward, backward and
central differences of a function y = f ( x ) . These differences and three standard
examples of finite differences and play a fundamental role in the study of differential
calculus, which is an essential part of numerical applied mathematics
2. Forward Differences:-
Consider a function y = f ( x ) of an independent variable x. let y0 , y1 , y2 ,.... yr be
the values of y corresponding to the values x0 , x1 , x2 ....xr of x respectively. Then the
differences y1 − y0 , y2 − y1 − − − − − are called the first forward differences of y, and we
denote them by y0 , y1 ,....... that is
y0 = y1 − y0 , y1 = y2 − y1 , y2 = y3 − y2 .........
In general yr = yr +1 − yr  r = 0,1, 2 − − − − −
Here, the symbol  is called the forward difference operator
The first forward differences of the first forward differences are called second forward
differences and are denoted by  2 y0 ,  2 y1...... that is
 2 y0 = y1 − y0
 2 y1 = y2 − y1
In general  2 yr = yr +1 − yr r = 0,1, 2....... similarly, the nth forward differences are
defined by the formula.
 n yr =  n −1 yr +1 −  n −1 yr r = 0,1, 2.......
While using this formula for n = 1 , use the notation  0 yr = yr and we have
 n yr = 0n = 1, 2...... and r = 0, 2,......... the symbol  n is referred as the nth forward
difference operator.
3. Forward Difference Table:-
The forward differences are usually arranged in tabular columns as shown in the
following table called a forward difference table
Values Values First Second Third differences Fourth
of x of y differences differences differences
xo y0
y0 = y1 − y0
x1 y1  2 y0 = y1 − y0
y1 = y2 − y1  3 y0 =  2 y1 −  2 y0
x2 y2  2 y1 = y2 − y1  4 y0 =  3 y1 −  3 y0
y2 = y3 − y2  3 y1 =  2 y2 −  2 y1
x3 y3  2 y2 = y3 − y2
X4 y4 = y 4 − y3
Example -finite forward difference table for y = x

3
x y = f ( x) y 2 y 3 y 4 y
1 1
7
2 8 12
19 6
3 27 18 0
37 6
4 64 24 0
61 6
5 125 30
91
6 216
4. Backward Differences:- As mentioned earlier, let y0 , y1...... yr ...... be the values of a
function y = f ( x ) corresponding to the values x0 , x1 , x2 .............xr ...... of x respectively.
Then, y1 = y1 − y0 , y2 = y2 − y1 , y3 = y3 − y2 ,.... are called the first backward differences
In general yr = yr − yr −1 , r = 1, 2,3......... → (1)
The symbol  is called the backward difference operator, like the operator  , this
operator is also a linear operator
Comparing expression (1) above with the expression (1) of section we immediately
note that yr = yr −1 , r = 0,1, 2....... → ( 2 )
The first backward differences of the first background differences are called
second differences and are denoted by  2 y2 ,  2 y3 − − −  2 r − − − −
i.e.,..  2 y2 = y2 − y1 ,  2 y3 = y3 − y2 ……….
In general  2 yr = yr − yr −1 , r = 2,3..... → ( 3) similarly, the nth backward differences are
defined by the formula  n yr =  n −1 yr −  n −1 yr −1 , r = n, n + 1..... → ( 4 ) While using this formula,
for n = 1 we employ the notation  0 yr = y r
If y = f ( x ) is a constant function, then y = c is a constant, for all x, and we get
 n yr = 0n the symbol  is referred to as the nth backward difference operator

n
5. Backward Difference Table:-
x Y y 2 y 3 y
x0 y0
y1
=y1-y0
x1 y1  2 y2
y2 =y2-y1 ∇3 𝑦3
x2 y2  2 y3
y3 =y3-y2
x3 y3
6. Central Differences:-
With y0 , y1 , y2 .... yr as the values of a function y = f ( x ) corresponding to the values
x1 , x2 .....xr .... of x , we define the first central differences
 y1/2 ,  y3/2 ,  y5/2 − − − − as follows
 y1/2 = y1 − y0 ,  y3/2 = y2 − y1 ,  y5/2 = y3 − y2 − − − −
 yr −1/2 = yr − yr −1 → (1)
The symbol  is called the central differences operator. This operator is a linear
operator comparing expressions (1) above with expressions earlier used on forward
and backward differences we get
 y1/2 = y0 = y1 ,  y3/2 = y1 = y2 .....
In general  yn +1/2 = yn = yn +1 , n = 0,1, 2...... → ( 2 )
The first central differences of the first central differences are called the second
central differences and are denoted by  y1 ,  y2 ...
2 2
Thus  y1 =  3/2 −  y1/2 ,  y2 =  5/2 −  3/2 .......

2 2
 2 yn =  yn +1/2 −  yn −1/2 → ( 3)
Higher order central differences are similarly defined. In general the nth central
differences are given by
i) for odd n :  n yr −1/2 =  n −1 yr −  n −1 yr −1 , r = 1, 2.... → ( 4 )
ii) for even n :  n yr =  n −1 yr +1/2 −  n −1 yr −1/2 , r = 1, 2.... → ( 5 )
while employing for formula (4) for n = 1 , we use the notation  yr = yr

0
If y is a constant function, that is if y=c a constant, then
 n yr = 0 for all n  1
7. Central Difference Table
x0 y0 y 2y  3y 4y
 y1/2
x1 y1  2 y1
 y2/2  3 y3/2
x2 y2  2 y2  4 y2
 y5/2  3 y5/2
x3 y3  2 y3
 y7/2
x4 y4
E
x
ample: Given f ( −2 ) = 12, f ( −1) = 16, f ( 0 ) = 15, f (1) = 18, f ( 2 ) = 20 from the central
difference table and write down the values of  y3/2 ,  y0 and  y7/2 by taking x0 = 0
2 3
Sol. The central difference table is
x y = f ( x) y 2y  3y 4y
-2 12
4
-1 16 -5
-1 9
0 15 4 -14
3 -5
1 18 -1
2
2 20
5. Symbolic Relations and Separation of symbols:

We will define more operators and symbols in addition to  ,  and  already
defined and establish difference formulae by symbolic methods
Averaging Operator-Definition:- The averaging operator  is defined by the equation

1
 yr =  yr +1/2 + yr −1/2 
2
Shift Operator-Definition:- The shift operator E is defined by the equation Eyr = yr +1 .
This shows that the effect of E is to shift the functional value y r to the next higher value
yr +1 . A second operation with E gives E 2 yr = E ( Eyr ) = E ( yr +1 ) = yr + 2
Generalizing E y = yr + n
n r
Relationship Between  and E
We have y0 = y1 − y0
= Ey0 − y0 = ( E − 1) y0
  = E − y ( or ) E = 1 + 
y0 = y1 − y0
= Ey0 − y0 = ( E − 1) y0
  = E − y ( or ) E = 1 + 
Some more relations
 3 y0 = ( E − 1) y0 = ( E 3 − 3E 2 + 3E − 1) y0
3
= y3 − 3 y2 + 3 y1 − y0
Inverse Shift Operator-Definition
−1
Inverse operator E −1 is defined as E yr = yr −1
−n
In general E yn = yr − n
10|N M P T - U N I T - I I
We can easily establish the following relations
i)   1 − E −1
ii)   E1/2 − E −1/2
iii)  =
2
( E + E −1/2 )
1 1/2
iv)  = E = E1/2
1
v)  2  1 +  2
4

Differential Operator-Definition The operator D is defined as Dy ( x ) =  y ( x ) 
x 
Relation between the Operators D and E
h2 11 h3
Using Taylor’s series we have, y ( x + h ) = y ( x ) + hy1 ( x ) + y ( x ) + y111 ( x ) + − − − −
2! 3!
This can be written in symbolic form
 h 2 D 2 h3 D 3 
Eyx = 1 + hD + + + − − − −  yX = ehD . yx
 2! 3! 
We obtain in the relation E = e hD → ( 3)
❖ If f ( x ) is a polynomial of degree n and the values of x are equally spaced then
 n f ( x ) is constant
Proof:
Let f ( x ) = a0 x n + a1 x n −1 + − − − − − + an −1 x + an where a0 , a1 , a2 ....an are constants and a0  0 . If
h is the step- length, we know the formula for the first forward difference
f ( x ) = f ( x + h ) − f ( x ) =  a0 ( x + h ) + a1 ( x + h ) + − − − − + an −1 ( x + h ) + an 
n n −1
 
−  a0 x n + a1 x n −1 + − − − − + an −1 x + an 
11|N M P T - U N I T - I I
  n ( n − 1) n −2 2  
= a0   x n + n.x n −1h + x .h + − − −  − x n  +
  2!  
 
a1   x n −1 + ( n − 1) x n − 2 .h +
( n − 1)( n − 2 ) x n−3 .h 2 + − − −  − x n−1  +
 
  2!  
− − − − − − + an −1h
= a0 nhx n −1 + b2 x n − 2 + b3 x n −3 + − − − − +bn −3 x + bn − 2
Where b2 , b3 ,.......bn − 2 are constants. Here this polynomial is of degree ( n − 1) , thus,
the first difference of a polynomial of nth degree is a polynomial of degree ( n − 1)
Now
 2 f ( x ) =   f ( x ) 
=   a0 nh.x n −1 + b2 x n − 2 + b3 x n −3 + − − − − +bn −1 x + bn − 2 
= a0 nh ( x + h ) − x n −1  + b2 ( x + h ) − x n − 2  + − − − + bn −1 ( x + h ) − x 
n −1 n−2
   
= a0 n(
n −1)
h 2 x n − 2 + c3 x n −3 + − − − − − + cn − 4 x + cn −3
Where c3 ....cn −3 are constants. This polynomial is of degree ( n − 2 )
Thus, the second difference of a polynomial of degree n is a polynomial of

degree ( n − 2 ) continuing like this we get  n f ( x ) = a0 n ( n − 1)( n − 2 ) − − − − − 2.1.h n = a0 h n ( n !)
 which is constant
Note:-
1. As  n f ( x ) is a constant, it follows that  n +1 f ( x ) = 0,  n + 2 f ( x ) = 0,........
2. The converse of above result is also true that is, if  n f ( x ) is tabulated at
equal spaced intervals and is a constant, then the function f ( x ) is a
polynomial of degree n
Example:-
1. Form the forward difference table and write down the values of f (10 ) ,
 2 f (10 ) ,  3 f (15 ) and  4 y (15 )
12|N M P T - U N I T - I I
x 10 15 20 25 30 35
y 19.97 21.51 22.47 23.52 24.65 25.89
Sol.
x Y y 2 y 3 y 4 y 5 y
10 19.97f(10)
1.54∆𝒇(𝟏𝟎)
15 21.51f(15) -0.58∆𝟐 𝒇(𝟏𝟎)
0.96 0.67
20 22.47f(20) 0.09 - 0.68
1.05 - 0.01∆𝟑 𝒇(𝟏𝟓) 0.72
25 23.52f(25) 0.08 0.04

∆𝟒 𝒇(𝟏𝟓)
1.13 0.03
30 24.65f(30) 0.11
1.24
35 25.89f(35)
We note that the values of x are equally spaced with step- length h = 5
Note: -  x0 = 10, x1 = 15 − − − − x5 = 35 and
y0 = f ( x0 ) = 19.97
y1 = f ( x1 ) = 21.51
-----------------------
-----------------------
y5 = f ( x5 ) = 25.89
y5 = f ( x5 ) = 25.89
13|N M P T - U N I T - I I
From table
f (10 ) = y0 = 1.54

 2 f (10 ) =  2 y0 = −0.58
 3 f (15 ) =  3 y1 = −0.01
 4 f (15 ) =  3 y1 = 0.04
2. Evaluate
( i )  cos x
( ii )  2 sin ( px + q )
( iii )  n eax +b
Sol. Let h be the interval of differencing
( i )  cos x = cos ( x + h ) − cos x

 h h
= −2sin  x +  sin
 2 2
( ii )  sin ( px + q ) = sin  p ( x + h ) + q  − sin ( px + q ) ∆𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓(𝑥),for ward formula
 ph  ph
= 2 cos  px + q +  sin
 2  2
ph   ph 
= 2sin sin  + px + q + 
2 2 2 
∇ 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥) − 𝑓(𝑥 − ℎ) back ward formula
ph  1 
 2 sin ( px + q ) = 2sin  sin ( px + q ) + ( + ph ) 
2  2 
2
 ph   1 
=  2sin  sin  px + q + ( + ph )
 2   2 
14|N M P T - U N I T - I I
( iii ) eax+b = ea( x +h)+b − eax +b
= e( (e )
ax + b ) ah −1
 2 e ax +b =    ( e )  −  ( e
ax + b ah
− 1)( e ax +b ) 
= ( e − 1)  ( e )
ah 2 ax + h
= ( e − 1) e
ah 2 ax + b
Proceeding on, we get  n ( eax +b ) = ( eah − 1) eax +b

n
3. Using the method of separation of symbols show that

n ( n − 1)
 n  x −n =  x −n − n x −1 +  x −2 + − − − − + ( −1)  x −n
n
Sol. To prove this result, we start with the right hand side. Thus
n ( n − 1)
 x − n x − 1 +  x − 2 + − − − − − + ( −1)  x − n
n
2
n ( n − 1) −2
=  x − nE −1 x + E  x + − − − − − + ( −1) E − n  x
n
2
 n ( n − 1) −2 
E + − − − − − + ( −1) E − n   x = (1 − E −1 )  x
n
= 1 − nE −1 +
n
 2 
( E − 1)  n
n n
 1
= 1 −   n =
 E E
 n
= n  x = n E −n  x
E
=  n  x − n This is left hand side
4. Find the missing term in the following data
X 0 1 2 3 4
Y 1 3 9 - 81
Why this value is not equal to 3 . Explain

3
15|N M P T - U N I T - I I
Sol. Consider  y0 = 0
4
x Y ∆ ∆2 ∆3 ∆4
0 1 2 4 x-19 124-4x=0
1 3 6 x-15 105-3x
2 9 X-9 90-2x
3 X 81-x
4 81
 4 y0 − 4 y3 + 5 y2 − 4 y1 + y0 = 0 124-4x=0— x=124/4=31
Substitute given values we get
81 − 4 y3 + 54 − 12 + 1 = 0  y3 = 31
From the given data we can conclude that the given function is y = 3x . To find
y3 , we have to assume that y is a polynomial function, which is not so. Thus we
are not getting y = 33 = 27
2.2. a. Newton’s Forward Interpolation Formula:-
Let y = f ( x ) be a polynomial of degree n and taken in the following form
y = f ( x ) = b 0 + b1 ( x − x0 ) + b2 ( x − x0 )( x − x1 ) + b3 ( x − x0 )( x − x1 )( x − x2 ) + − − −
+bn ( x − x0 )( x − x1 ) − − − − ( x − xn −1 ) → (1)
This polynomial passes through all the points  xi; yi  for i = 0 to n. there fore, we
can obtain the yi ' s by substituting the corresponding xi ' s as
at x = x0 , y0 = b0
at x = x1 , y1 = b0 + b1 ( x1 − x0 )
at x = x2 , y2 = b0 + b1 ( x2 − x0 ) + b2 ( x2 − x0 )( x2 − x1 ) → (1)
Let ‘h’ be the length of interval such that xi ' s represent
16|N M P T - U N I T - I I
x0 , x0 + h, x0 + 2h, x0 + 3h − − − − x0 + xh
This implies x1 − x0 = h, x2 − x0 − 2h, x3 − x0 = 3h − − − − xn − x0 = nh → ( 2 )
From (1) and (2), we get
y0 = b0
y1 = b0 + b1h
y2 = b0 + b1 2h + b2 ( 2h ) h
y3 = b0 + b1 3h + b2 ( 3h )( 2h ) + b3 ( 3h )( 2h ) h
.....................................
.....................................
yn = b0 + b1 ( nh ) + b2 ( nh )( n − 1) h + − − − + bn ( nh ) ( n − 1) h  ( n − 2 ) h  → ( 3)
Solving the above equations for b0 , b11 , b2 .....bn , we get b0 = y0
y1 − b0 y1 − y0 y0
b1 = = =
h h h
y − b − b 2h (y − y )
b2 = 2 0 2 1 = y2 − y0 − 1 0 2h
2h h
y2 − y0 − 2 y1 − 2 y0 y2 − 2 y1 + y0  2 y0
= = =
2h 2 2h 2 2h 2
 2 y0
 b2 =
2!h 2
Similarly, we can see that
3 y0  4 y0  n y0
b3 = , b4 = − − − − − bn =
3!h3 4!h 4 n !h n
y  2 y0
 y = f ( x ) = y0 + 0 ( x − x0 ) + ( x − x0 )( x − x1 )
h 2!h 2
3 y0
+ ( x − x0 )( x − x1 )( x − x2 ) + − − − +
3!h3
 n y0
+ ( x − x0 )( x − x1 ) − − − ( x − xn −1 ) → ( 3)
n !h n
If we use the relationship x = x0 + ph  x − x0 = ph, where p = 0,1, 2,.....n
17|N M P T - U N I T - I I
Then
x − x1 = x − ( x 0 + h ) = ( x − x0 ) − h
= ph − h = ( p − 1) h
x − x2 = x − ( x1 + h ) = ( x − x1 ) − h
= ( p − 1) h − h = ( p − 2 ) h
............................................
x − xi = ( p − i ) h
............................................
x − xn −1 =  p − ( n − 1)  h
x − x0
p=
Equation (3) becomes for h
p ( p − 1) p ( p − 1)( p − 2 )
y = f ( x ) = f ( x0 + ph ) = y0 + py0 +  2 y0 +  3 y0 + − − − − +
2! 3!
p ( p − 1)( p − 2 ) − − − − ( p − ( n − 1) ) n
 y0 → ( 4 )
n!
2.2. b. Newton’s Backward Interpolation Formula:-
If we consider
yn ( x ) = a0 + a1 ( x − xn ) + a2 ( x − xn )( x − xn −1 ) + a3 ( x − xn )( x − xn −1 )( x − xn −2 ) + − − − − ( x − xi )
and impose the condition that y and yn ( x ) should agree at the tabulated
points xn , xn − 1,......x2 , x1 , x0
We obtain
p ( p + 1)
yn ( x ) = yn + pyn +  2 yn + − − −
2i
p ( p + 1) − − − −  p + ( n − 1) 
 n yn + − − −− → ( 6 )
n!
x − xn
Where p =
h
18|N M P T - U N I T - I I
This uses tabular values of the left of y n . Thus this formula is useful formula is useful
for interpolation near the end of the table values
Formula for Error in Polynomial Interpolation:-
If y = f ( x ) is the exact curve and y = n ( x ) is the interpolating curve, then the error
in polynomial interpolation is given by
Error = f ( x ) − n ( x ) =
( x − x0 )( x − x1 ) − − − − ( x − xn ) f n+1  → 7
( ) ( )
( n + 1)!
for any x, where x0  x  xn and x0    xn
The error in Newton’s forward interpolation formula is given by
p ( p − 1)( p − 2 ) ....... ( p − n )
f ( x ) − n ( x ) =  n +1 f (  )
( n + 1)!
x − x0
Where p =
h
The error in Newton’s backward interpolation formula is given by
p ( p + 1)( p + 2 ) ....... ( p + n ) x − xn
f ( x ) − n ( x ) = h n+1 y n+1 f (  ) Where p =
( n + 1)! h
Examples:-
1. Find the melting point of the alloy containing 54% of lead, using appropriate
interpolation formula
Percentage of
50 60 70 80
lead(p)-X
Temperature
205 225 248 274
( Qc ) -Y
19|N M P T - U N I T - I I
Sol. The difference table is
X Y  2 3
50=X0 205=Y0
20=∆𝒀𝟎
60 225 3=∆𝟐 Y0
23 0=∆𝟑 Y0
70 248 3
26
80 274
Let temperature = f ( x ) ,X=54
x0 + ph = 24, x0 = 50, h = 10
50 + p (10 ) = 54 ( or ) p = 0.4
By Newton’s forward interpolation formula
p ( p − 1) p ( p − 1)( p − 2 )
f ( x0 + ph ) = y0 + py0 +  2 y0 +  3 y0 + − − −
2! n!
0.4 ( 0.4 − 1) ( 0.4 )( 0.4 − 1)( 0.4 − 2 )
f ( 54 ) = 205 + 0.4 ( 20 ) + ( 3) + (0)
2! 3!
= 205 + 8 − 0.36
= 212.64
Melting point = 212.64
2. Using Newton’s forward interpolation formula, and the given table of values
X 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9

f ( x) 0.21 0.69 1.25 1.89 2.61
20|N M P T - U N I T - I I
Obtain the value of f ( x ) when x = 1.4
Sol.
x y = f ( x)  2 3 4
1.1 0.21
0.48
1.3 0.69 0.08
0.56 0
1.5 1.25 0.08 0
0.64 0
1.7 1.89 0.08
0.72
1.9 2.61
If we take x0 = 1.3 then y0 = 0.69 ,
y0 = 0.56,  2 y0 = 0.08,  3 y0 = 0, L = 0.2, x = 1.3

1
x0 + ph = 1.4 ( or )1.3 + p ( 0.2 ) = 1.4, p =
2
Using Newton’s interpolation formula
11 
 − 1
1 22 
f (1.4 ) = 0.69 +  0.56 +  0.08
2 2!
= 0.69 + 0.28 − 0.01 = 0.96
21|N M P T - U N I T - I I
3. The population of a town in the decimal census was given below. Estimate the
population for the 1895
Year x 1891 1901 1911 1921 1931
Population
46 66 81 93 101
of y
Sol. Putting L = 10, x0 = 1891, x = 1895 in the formula x = x0 + ph we obtain p = 2 / 5 = 0.4
X Y  2 3 4
1891=x0 46=y0
20∆𝑦0
-
1901 66
5∆2 𝑌0
15 2
1911 81 -3 -3
12 -1
1921 93 -4
1931 101
y (1895 ) = 46 + ( 0.4 )( 20 ) +
( 0.4 )( 0.4 − 1) −
( −5 )
6
( 0.4 − 1) 0.4 ( 0.4 − 2 )
+ ( 2)
6
+
( 0.4 )( 0.4 − 1)( 0.4 − 2 )( 0.4 − 3)
24
= 54.45 thousands
2.3. Gauss’s Interpolation Formula:- We take x0 as one of the specified of x that lies
around the middle of the difference table and denote x0 − rh by x − r and the
corresponding value of y by y − r . Then the middle part of the forward difference
table will appear as shown in the next page
22|N M P T - U N I T - I I
X Y y 2 y 3 y 4 y 5 y
x−4 y−4
x−3 y−3 y−4
x−2 y−2 y−3  2 y−4
x−1 y−1 y−2  2 y−3  3 y −4
x0 y0 y−1  2 y−2  3 y −3  4 y−4
x1 y1 y0  2 y −1  3 y −2  4 y−3  5 y −4
x2 y2 y1  2 y0  3 y −1  4 y−2  5 y −3
x3 y3 y2  2 y1  3 y0  4 y −1  5 y −2
x4 y4 y3  2 y2  3 y1  4 y0  5 y −1
y0 = y−1 +  2 y−1

 2 y0 =  2 y−1 +  3 y−1
 3 y0 =  3 y−1 +  4 y−1
 4 y0 =  4 y−1 +  5 y−1 − − − − − (1) and
y−1 = y−2 +  2 y−2
 2 y−1 =  2 y−2 +  3 y−2
 3 y−1 =  3 y−2 +  4 y−2
 4 y−1 =  4 y−2 +  5 y−2 − − − − − ( 2 )
By using the expressions (1) and (2), we now obtain two versions of the following
Newton’s forward interpolation formula
p ( p − 1) 2 p ( p − 1)( p − 2 ) 3
y p = [ y0 + p ( y0 ) +
2!
(  y0 ) +
3!
 y0
p ( p − 1)( p − 2 )( p − 3) 4
+ ( 3)
 y0 + − − −−] →-----------------3
4!
23|N M P T - U N I T - I I
Here y p is the value of y at x = x p = x0 + ph ,P= (x-x0 )/h
2.3.a. Gauss Forward Interpolation Formula:-
Substituting for  y0 ,  y0 ,.... from (1)in the formula (3), we get

2 3
p ( p − 1) 2 p ( p − 1)( p − 2 ) 3
y p = [ y 0 + p ( y 0 ) +
2!
(  y −1 +  3 y −1 ) +
3!
 y −1
p ( p − 1)( p − 2 )( p − 3) 4
+  4 y−1 +  y−1 +  5 y−1 + − − −− ]
4!
p ( p − 1) 2 p ( p + 1)( p − 1) 3
y p = [ y 0 + p (  y0 ) +
2!
(  y−1 ) +
3!
 y−1
p ( p + 1)( p − 1)( p − 2 ) 4
+
4!
(  y−1 ) + − − −−]
Substituting  4 y−1 from ( 2 ) , this becomes
p ( p − 1) 2 ( p + 1) p ( p − 1)  3 y
y p = [ y 0 + p ( y 0 ) +  y−1 + −1
2! 3!
( p + 1)( p − 1) p ( p − 2 )  4 y + − − −−] →-----------------4
+
4!
( −2 ) ( 4)
Note:- we observe from the difference table that
y0 =  y1/2 ,  2 y−1 =  2 y0 ,  3 y−1 =  3 y1/2 ,  4 y−2 =  4 y0 and so on. Accordingly the formula
(4) can be written in the notation of central differences as given below
p ( p − 1) 2 ( p + 1) p ( p − 1)  3 y
y p = [ y0 + p y1/2 +  y0 + 1/2
2! 3!
( p + 1)( p − 1) p ( p − 2 )  4 y + − − −−] →-----------------5
+ 0 ( 5)
4!
2.3.b. Gauss’s Backward Interpolation formula:-
Let us substitute for y0 ,  y0 ,  y0 ----- from (1) in the formula (3), thus we obtain
2 3
24|N M P T - U N I T - I I
p ( p − 1) 2 ( p − 1) p ( p − 2 )  3 y +  4 y +
y p = [ y0 + p ( y−1 +  2 y−1 ) + (  y−1 +  3 y−1 ) + ( −1 −1 )
2! 3!
( p − 1)( p − 2 ) p ( p − 3)  4 y + 5 y + − − −−]
4!
( −1 −1 )
( p + 1) p
( y ) + (
p + 1) p ( p − 1) 3 ( p + 1) p ( p − 1)( p − 2 )  4 y + − − −−]
= [ y0 + p ( y−1 ) +
2!
2
−1
3!
 y−1 +
4!
( −1 )
Substituting for  3 y−1 and  4 y−1 from (2) this becomes
( p + 1) p  2 y ( p + 1) p ( p − 1)
y p = [ y0 + p ( y−1 ) +
2!
−1 +
3!
( y3
−1 +  4 y−2 )
( p + 1) p ( p − 1)( p − 2 )
+
4!
( 4
y−2 +  5 y−2 ) + − − −−]
2.4. Lagrange’s Interpolation Formula:-
Let x0 , x1 , x2 ,.... xn be the ( n + 1) values of x which are not necessarily equally
spaced. Let y0 , y1 , y2 ........ yn be the corresponding values of y = f ( x ) let the
polynomial of degree n for the function y = f ( x ) passing through the ( n + 1)

points ( x , f ( x )) , ( x , f ( x )) − − − − ( x , f ( x ))
0 0 1 1 n n be in the following form
y = f ( x ) = a0 ( x − x1 )( x − x2 ) ...... ( x − xn ) + a1 ( x − x0 )( x − x2 ) ......... ( x − xn ) +
a2 ( x − x0 )( x − x1 ) ....... ( x − xn ) + ........ + an ( x − x0 )( x − x1 ) ...... ( x − xn−1 ) → (1)
Where a0 , a1 , a2 .... an are constants
Since the polynomial passes through ( x0 , f ( x0 ) ) , ( x1 , f ( x1 ) ) ...... ( xn , f ( xn ) ) . The
constants can be determined by substituting one of the values of

x0 , x1 ,.....xn for x in the above equation
Putting x = x0 in (1) we get, f ( x0 ) = a0 ( x − x1 )( x0 − x2 )( x0 − xn )
f ( x0 )
 a0 =
( x − x1 )( x0 − x2 ) .... ( x0 − xn )
25|N M P T - U N I T - I I
Putting x = x1 in (1) we get, f ( x1 ) = a1 ( x − x0 )( x1 − x2 ) − − − − ( x1 − xn )
f ( x1 )
 a1 =
( x1 − x0 )( x1 − x2 ) .... ( x1 − xn )
Similarly substituting x = x2 in (1), we get
f ( x2 )
 a2 =
( x2 − x0 )( x2 − x1 ) ...... ( x2 − xn )
Continuing in this manner and putting x = xn in (1) we
f ( xn )
get an =
( xn − x0 )( xn − x1 ) − − − − ( xn − xn−1 )
Substituting the values of a0 , a1 , a2 ....an , we get
f ( x) =
( x − x1 )( x − x2 ) ....... ( x − xn ) f x + ( x − x0 )( x − x2 ) ..... ( x − xn )
( )
( x0 − x1 )( x0 − x2 ) ......... ( x0 − xn ) 0 ( x1 − x0 )( x1 − x2 ) .... ( x1 − xn )
f ( x1 ) +
( x − x0 )( x − x1 )( x − x2 ) ..... ( x − xn ) + ..... f x + ( x − x0 )( x − x1 ) ..... ( x − xn−1 ) f x
( 2) ( )
( x2 − x0 )( x2 − x1 ) ...... ( x2 − xn ) ( xn − x1 )( xn − x2 ) ..... ( xn − xn−1 ) n
Examples:-
1. Using Lagrange’s formula calculate f ( 3) from the following table
x 0 1 2 4 5 6
f ( x) 1 14 15 5 6 19
Sol. Given x0 = 0, x1 = 1, x2 = 2, x3 = 4, x5 = 6, x4 = 5
f ( x0 ) = 1, f ( x1 ) = 14, f ( x2 ) = 15, f ( x3 ) = 5, f ( x4 ) = 6, f ( x5 ) = 19
From langrage’s interpolation formula
26|N M P T - U N I T - I I
f ( x) =
( x − x1 )( x − x2 )( x − x3 )( x − x4 )( x − x5 ) f x
( )
( x0 − x1 )( x0 − x2 )( x0 − x3 )( x0 − x4 )( x0 − x5 ) 0
( x − x0 )( x − x2 )( x − x3 )( x − x4 )( x − x5 ) f x
+ ( )
( x1 − x0 )( x1 − x2 )( x1 − x3 )( x1 − x4 )( x1 − x5 ) 1
( x − x0 )( x − x1 )( x − x3 )( x − x4 )( x − x5 ) f x
+ ( )
( x2 − x0 )( x2 − x1 )( x2 − x3 )( x2 − x4 )( x2 − x5 ) 2
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
( x − x0 )( x − x1 ) ( x − x2 )( x − x3 )( x − x4 ) f x
( )
( x5 − x0 )( x5 − x1 )( x5 − x2 )( x5 − x3 )( x5 − x4 ) 5
Here x = 3 then
f ( 3) =
( 3 − 1)( 3 − 2 )( 3 − 4 )( 3 − 5 )( 3 − 6 ) 1 +
( 0 − 1)( 0 − 2 )( 0 − 4 )( 0 − 5 )( 0 − 6 )
( 3 − 0 )( 3 − 2 )( 3 − 4 )( 3 − 5 )( 3 − 6 ) 14 +
(1 − 0 )(1 − 2 )(1 − 4 )(1 − 5 )(1 − 6 )
( 3 − 0 )( 3 − 1)( 3 − 4 )( 3 − 5 )( 3 − 6 ) 15 +
( 2 − 0 )( 2 − 1)( 2 − 4 )( 2 − 5 )( 2 − 6 )
( 3 − 0 )( 3 − 1)( 3 − 2 )( 3 − 5 )( 3 − 6 )  5 +
( 4 − 0 )( 4 − 1)( 4 − 2 )( 4 − 5 )( 4 − 6 )
( 3 − 0 )( 3 − 1)( 3 − 2 )( 3 − 4 )( 3 − 6 )  6 +
( 5 − 0 )( 5 − 1)( 5 − 2 )( 5 − 4 )( 5 − 6 )
( 3 − 0 )( 3 − 1)( 3 − 2 )( 3 − 4 )( 3 − 5) 19
( 6 − 0 )( 6 − 1)( 6 − 2 )( 6 − 4 )( 6 − 5)
12 18 36 36 18 12
= − 14 + 15 +  5 −  6 + 19
240 60 48 48 60 40
= 0.05 − 4.2 + 11.25 + 3.75 − 1.8 + 0.95
= 10
f(3)=10
27|N M P T - U N I T - I I
2. Find f ( 3.5 ) using Lagrange method of 2nd and 3rd order degree polynomials.
x1 2 3 4
f ( x) 1 2 9 28
Sol: By lagrange’s interpolation formula
n
f ( x ) =  f ( xk )
( x − x0 ) ....... ( x − xk −1 )( x − xk +1 )( x − xn )
k =0 ( xk − x0 ) ....... ( xk − xk −1 ) ....... ( xk − xn )
f ( x) =
( x − x1 )( x − x2 )( x − x3 ) f x +
( )
( x0 − x1 )( x0 − x2 )( x0 − x3 ) 0
( x − x0 )( x − x2 )( x − x3 ) f x +
( )
( x1 − x0 )( x1 − x2 )( x1 − x3 ) 1
( x − x0 )( x − x1 )( x − x3 ) f x +
( )
( x2 − x0 )( x2 − x1 )( x2 − x3 ) 2
( x − x0 )( x − x1 )( x − x2 ) f x +
( )
( x3 − x0 )( x3 − x1 )( x3 − x2 ) 3
 f ( 3.5) =
( 3.5 − 2 )( 3.5 − 3)( 3.5 − 4 ) 1 + ( 3.5 − 1)( 3.5 − 3)( 3.5 − 4 ) 2 +
() ( )
(1 − 2 )(1 − 3)(1 − 4 ) ( 2 − 1)( 2 − 3)( 2 − 4 )
( 3.5 − 1)( 3.5 − 2 )( 3.5 − 4 ) 9 +

( )
( 3 − 1)( 3 − 2 )( 3 − 4 )
----
( 3.5 − 1)( 3.5 − 2 )( 3.5 − 3) 28 +
( )
( 4 − 1)( 4 − 2 )( 4 − 3)
=0.0625+(-0.625)+8.4375+8.75
=16.625
f ( x) =
( x − 2 )( x − 3)( x − 4 ) ( x − 1)( x − 3)( x − 4 )
(1) + ( 2)
−6 2
( x − 1)( x − 2 )( x − 4 ) 9 + ( x − 1)( x − 2 )( x − 3) 28
+ ( ) ( )
( −2 ) 6
(x 2
− 5x + 6) ( x − 4)
+ ( x − 4 x + 3) ( x − 4 )
(x 2
− 3x + 2 ) (x 2
− 3x + 2 )
= 2
+ ( x − 4 )( 9 ) + ( x − 3)( 28)
−6 −2 6
28|N M P T - U N I T - I I
x3 − 9 x 2 + 26 x − 24 3 x3 − 7 x 2 + 14 x − 8 x3 − 6 x 2 + 11x − 6
= + x − 8 x + 9 x − 12 +
2
(9) + ( 28)
−6 −2 6
 − x3 + 9 x 2 − 26 x + 24 + 6 x3 − 48 x 2 + 114 x − 72 − 27 x3 + 189 x 2 − 378 x + 216 + 308 x + 28 x3 − 168 x 2 − 168 
=
6
6 x3 − 18 x 2 + 18 x
=  f ( x ) = x3 − 3x 2 + 3x
6
 f ( 3.5) = ( 3.5 ) − 3 ( 3.5 ) + 3 ( 3.5 ) = 16.625

3 2
Gauss Formula Example:
1. Find y(25), given that y20 = 24,y24 = 32, y28 = 35 ,y32 = 40 using Gauss forward
difference formula :
Solution: Given
X
20 24 28 32
Y 24 32 35 40
By Gauss Forward difference formula
p ( p − 1) 2 ( p + 1) p ( p − 1)  3 y
y p = [ y 0 + p ( y 0 ) +  y−1 + −1
2! 3!
( p + 1)( p − 1) p ( p − 2 )  4 y + − − −−] → 4
+
4!
( −2 ) ( )
We take x0= 24 as origin.
X0 = 24, h = 4, x = 25, p = (x-x0)/ h, p = (25-24)/4 = 0.25
Gauss Forward difference table is
X Y y 2 y 3 y
20=x-1 24=y-1
24=x0 32=y0 y−1 = 8
28=x1 35=y1 y0 = 3  2 y−1 = -5
32=x2 40=y2 y1 = 5  2 y0 = 2  3 y −1 = 7
29|N M P T - U N I T - I I
By gauss forward interpolation Formula
0.25)(0.25−1) (0.25+1)(0.25)(0.25−1)
We get y(25) = 32 +0.25(3) + ( )(−5) + (7) = 32 +0.75
2 6
+0 .46875 - 0.2734 = 32.945
Y(25) = 32.945.
2. Example:
Use Gauss Backward interpolation formula to find f(32) given that f(25) = 0.2707,
f(30) = 0.3027, f(35) =0 .3386 , f(40) =0 .3794.
Solution: let x0 = 35 and difference table is
X Y y 2 y 3 y
25=x-2 0.2707=y-2
30=x-1 0.3027=y-1 0.032
35=x0 0.3386=y0 0.0359 0.0039
40=x1 0.3794=y1 0.0408 0.0049 0.0010
From the table y0 = 0.3386 ,h=5,P=(x-x0)/h=(32-35)/5=-0.6
y−1  2 y −1
= 0.0359,  3 y −2
= 0.0049, = 0.0010, xp = 32 p = (xp- x0 )/h = (32-35)/5 = -0.6
By Gauss Backward difference formula
( p + 1) p  2 y ( p + 1) p ( p − 1)
y p = [ y0 + p ( y−1 ) +
2!
−1 +
3!
( y
3
−1 +  4 y−2 )
( p + 1) p ( p − 1)( p − 2 )
+
4!
( 4
y−2 +  5 y−2 ) + − − −−]
f(32) = 0.3386 + (-0.6)(0.0359) + (-0.6)(-0.6+1)(0.0049)/2 + (-0.6)(0.36-1)(0.00010)/6 =0 .3165
30|N M P T - U N I T - I I
2.5 Stirling’s Formula:
Stirling’s formula is arithmetic mean of Gauss forward interpolation and Gauss

Backward Interpolation formulae
We know that from Gauss forward formula
p ( p − 1) 2 ( p + 1) p ( p − 1)  3 y
y p = [ y 0 + p ( y 0 ) +  y−1 + −1
2! 3!
( p + 1)( p − 1) p ( p − 2 )  4 y + − − −−] → 4
+
4!
( −2 ) ( )
And from Gauss backward formula
( p + 1) p  2 y ( p + 1) p ( p − 1)
y p = [ y0 + p ( y−1 ) +
2!
−1 +
3!
( y3
−1 +  4 y−2 )
( p + 1) p ( p − 1)( p − 2 )
+ ( 4
y−2 +  5 y−2 ) + − − −−]
4! ----(5)
From 4,5, we found arithmetic mean the Stirling’s formula is defined as

𝑋−𝑋0
P= , where h=x1-x0
ℎ
∆𝑌−1+∆𝑌0 𝑃2 [𝑃(𝑃 2 −1)] ∆3 𝑌−2+∆3 𝑌−1 𝑃 2 (𝑃 2 −1)
Y(x) = y0 + P [ ] + 2 ∆2 Y-1 + [ ]+ ∆4 𝑌 -2 +----
2 3! 2 4!
2.5 Bessel’s Formula:
𝑋−𝑋0
Y=f(x) is a function with data (xi, yi) with P= , where h=x1-x0 then Bessel’s formula is
ℎ
defined as follows
1
𝑃(𝑃−1) ∆2 𝑌0+∆2 𝑌−1 (𝑃− )𝑃(𝑃−1) 𝑃(𝑃−1)(𝑃+1)(𝑃−2) ∆4 𝑌−2+∆4 𝑌−1
Y(X)= Y0+P∆𝑌0 + [ ]+ 2
∆3 Y-1 + [ ]+−−−
2! 2 3! 4! 2
Examples:
1. Using Striling’s formula, compute f(1.22) from the following data
X 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

F(x) 0.841 0.891 0.932 0.963 0.985
31|N M P T - U N I T - I I
𝑋−𝑋0 1.22−1.2
Sol. Chose X0=1.2 is origin and length h=0.1 and P= = =0.2
ℎ 0.1
Next we construct central difference table by using above data and evaluate required
value by Stirling’s formula
X Y y 2 y 3 y 4 y
x−2 =1.0 y−2 =0.841
x−1 =1.1 y−1 =0.891 y−2 =0.05
x0 =1.2 y0 =0.932 y−1 =0.041  2 y−2 =-0.009
x1 =1.3 y1 =0.963 y0 =0.031  2 y−1 =-0.01  3 y−2 =-0.001
x2 =1.4 y 2 =0.985 y1 =0.022  2 y0 =-0.009  3 y−1 =0.001  4 y−2 =0.02
Use Stirling’s formula
∆𝑌−1+∆𝑌0 𝑃2 ∆3 𝑌−2+∆3 𝑌−1 𝑃 2 (𝑃 2 −1)

Y(x) = y0 + P [ ] + 2 ∆2 Y-1 +[P(𝑃2 − 1)]/3! [ ]+ ∆4 𝑌 -2 +----
2 2 4!
(0.041+0.031) 0.04 0.2(0.04−1)

Then Y(1.22) = 0.932+0.2 + (-0.01)+ (0.002) = 0.93899
2 2! 4!
2. Find f(16) by Stirling’s formula from the following table
x 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
F(x) 0 0.0875 0.1763 0.2679 0.364 0.4663 0.5774
Examples:
1. Use Bessel’s formula to compute f(1.95) from the following data
X 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3

F(X) 2.979 3.144 3.283 3.391 3.463 3.997 4.491
𝑥−𝑥0 1.95−2.0
Sol. Choose the origin at X0 =2.0, given h=0.1 and P= = =-0.5
ℎ 0.1
Next by using Bessel’s formula and central difference table we can evaluate the required
solution
32|N M P T - U N I T - I I
X Y y 2 y 3 y 4 y 5 y
x−3 =1.7 y−3 =2.979
x−2 =1.8 y−2 =3.144 y−3 =0.165
x−1 =1.9 y−1 =3.283 y−2 =0.139  2 y−3 =-0.026
x0 =2.0 y0 =3.391 y−1 =0.108  2 y−2 =-0.031  3 y−3 =-0.005
x1 =2.1 y1 =3.463 y0 =0.072  2 y−1 =-0.036  3 y −2

=-0.005  4 y−3 =0
x2 =2.2 y 2 =3.997 y1 =0.53  2 y0 =0.462  3 y −1 =0.498  4 y−2

 5 y −3 =0.503
=0.503
x3 =2.3 y3 =4.491 y2 =0.494  2 y1 =-0.04  3 y0 =-0.502  4 y−1 =-1  5 y−2 =-1.503
Bessel’s formula ∆6 y−3 = −2.006

1
𝑃(𝑃−1) ∆2 𝑌0+∆2 𝑌−1 (𝑃− )𝑃(𝑃−1) 𝑃(𝑃−1)(𝑃+1)(𝑃−2) ∆4 𝑌−2+∆4 𝑌−1
Y(X)= Y0+P∆𝑌0 + [ ]+ 2
∆3 Y-1 + [ ]+−−−
2! 2 3! 4! 2
(−0.5)(−0.5−1)(−0.036+0.462) (−0.5−0.5)(−0.5)(−0.5−1)(−0.5−2)(0.503−1)
Y(1.95) = 3.391+(-0.5)(0.072) + +
2.2 24.2
Y(1.95) = 3.3629
2. Compute Y(25) by using Bessel’s formula to the following table

X 20 24 28 32
Y 2854 3162 3544 3992
9. Practice Quiz
1. Newton’s backward Interpolation formula is ………………. [ a ]
a.
( p + 1) p  2 y ( p + 1) p ( p − 1)
y p = [ y0 + p ( y−1 ) +
2!
−1 +
3!
( y
3
−1 +  4 y−2 )
( p + 1) p ( p − 1)( p − 2 )
+
4!
( 4
y−2 +  5 y−2 ) + − − −−]
b. y+y0
33|N M P T - U N I T - I I
c. y0
d. None
2. The ……………………….Interpolation formula is used to estimate y, if the x-values are

unequally spaced. [ c ]
a. Newton formula
b. Gauss formula
c. Lagrange’s formula
d. Bessel’s formula
3. Averaging Operator formula [ d ]
a.∆
b. ∇
c. ∪
1
 yr =  yr +1/2 + yr −1/2 
d. 2
4. The relation between ∆ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐸 [ c ]
a. ∆= 𝐸
b. ∇= 𝐸
c. ∆= 𝐸 − 1
d. ∆= 𝐸 + 1
5. Find the missing term in the following data [ c ]
x 0 1 2 3 4
Y 1 3 9 - 81
34|N M P T - U N I T - I I
a. 10
b. 19
c. 27
d. 0
6. The relation between ∇ and E-1 [ a ]
a.   1 − E −1
b.   E1/2 − E −1/2
c.  =
2
( E + E −1/2 )
1 1/2
1
d.  2  1 +  2
4
7. The relation between 𝛿 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐸 [ b ]
a.   1 − E −1
b.   E − E
1/2 −1/2
c.  =
2
( E + E −1/2 )
1 1/2
1
d.  2  1 +  2
4
8. The relation between 𝜇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐸 [ c ]
−1
a.   1 − E
b.   E − E
1/2 −1/2
c.  = ( E + E −1/2 )
1 1/2
2
35|N M P T - U N I T - I I
1
d.  2  1 +  2
4
9. The relation between 𝜇 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛿 [ d ]
a.   1 − E −1
b.   E1/2 − E −1/2
c.  =
2
( E + E −1/2 )
1 1/2
1
d.  2  1 +  2
4
10. The relation between E and D [ d ]
−1
a.   1 − E
b.   E1/2 − E −1/2
c.  = ( E + E −1/2 )
1 1/2
2
d. E = ehD
10. Assignments
S.No Question BL CO
Using Newton’s forward interpolation formula, and the given table of
values.
1 X 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 1 2
F(X) 0.21 0.69 1.25 1.89 2.61
Obtain the value of 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 1.4
Use Gauss back ward interpolation formula to find 𝑓(32) given
2 1 2
that 𝑓(25) = 0.2707, 𝑓(30) = 0.3027, 𝑓(35) = 0.3386, 𝑓(40) = 0.3794.
Evaluate 𝑓(10) given 𝑓(𝑥) = 168,192,336 𝑎𝑡 𝑥 = 1,7,15 respectively. Use
3 5 2
Lagrange interpolation.
Apply Bessel’s formula to obtain f ( 25) given
4 1 2
f (20 ) = 2854 , f (24 ) = 3162 , f (12 ) = 3544 , f (12 ) = 3992 .
Apply Stirling’s formula to obtain f (35) given
5 1 2
f (20 ) = 512 , f (30 ) = 439 , f (40 ) = 346 , f (50 ) = 243 .
36|N M P T - U N I T - I I
Distinguish between interpolation and extrapolation
Sol. Interpolation: It is the estimation for some such values 4
1 which lie inside the given Values. 2
Extrapolation: It is the estimation for some such values
which lie outside the given Values.
Write relation between E and  .
Sol. f ( x) = f ( x + h) − f ( x) Forward Definition
2 1 2
= Ef ( x) − f ( x) Shift Definition
= ( E − 1) f ( x)
Prove that (1 + )(1 − ) = 1
3 Sol. We know that (1 + ) = E , (1 − ) = E −1 5 2
−1
(1 + )(1 − ) = EE =1
−1
Evaluate  tan x
Sol.  tan −1 x = tan −1 ( x + h) − tan −1 x
4 5 2
 x+h−x 
−1  h 
= tan   = tan −1  
 1 + ( x + h) x   1 + x + hx 
2
Evaluate e x if h=1.
Sol. We know that e x = e x + h − e x
5 5 2
= e x +1 − e x
= (e − 1)e x
 
Evaluate 10 (1 − ax)(1 − bx 2 )(1 − cx 3 )(1 − dx 4 ) .
 
Sol. Let f ( x) = 10 (1 − ax)(1 − bx 2 )(1 − cx 3 )(1 − dx 4 )
6 f(x) is a polynomial of degree 10 and the coefficient of x10 is 5 2
abcd.
 
10 (1 − ax)(1 − bx 2 )(1 − cx 3 )(1 − dx 4 ) = abcd10 x10 = abcd 10! .
Write Newton-Gregory forward interpolation formula.
Sol.
7 1 2
p( p − 1) 2 p( p − 1)( p − 2) 3
y = y 0 + py 0 +  y0 +  y0 + − − − − − − − −
2! 3!
Write Newton-Gregory backward interpolation formula.
Sol.
8 1 2
p( p + 1) 2 p( p + 1)( p + 2) 3
y = y n + py n +  yn +  yn + − − − − − − − − −
2! 3!
State Langrage’s interpolation formula.
Sol. Let x1,x2,x3-------------xn be the values of x which are not equally
9 1 2
spaced and y1,y2,y3------yn be the Corresponding values of y.
Thus Lagrange’s interpolation formula is
37|N M P T - U N I T - I I
( x − x 2 )( x − x3 ) − − − −( x − x n )
y= y1 +
( x1 − x 2 )( x1 − x3 ) − − − −( x1 − x n )
( x − x1 )( x − x3 ) − − − −( x − x n )
y 2 + --------+
( x2 − x1 )( x 2 − x3 ) − − − −( x 2 − x n )
( x − x1 )( x − x 2 ) − − − −( x − xn −1 )
yn .
( xn − x1 )( x n − x 2 ) − − − −( x n − x n −1 )
Write Stirling’s Formula
∆𝑌−1+∆𝑌0 𝑃2 [𝑃(𝑃 2 −1)]
10 Sol. Y(x) = y0 + P [ ] + 2 ∆2 Y-1 + 1 2
2 3!
∆3 𝑌−2+∆3 𝑌−1 𝑃 2 (𝑃 2 −1)
[ ]+ ∆ 𝑌 -2 +---∞
4
2 4!

S.No Question BL CO
For 𝑥 = 0,1,2,4,5; 𝑓(𝑥) = 1,14,15,5,6. 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓(3) using forward
1 1 2
difference table.
Find the values of 𝑐𝑜𝑠1.747 using the values given in the table
below
2 1 2
X 1.70 1.74 1.78 1.82 1.86
F(X) 0.9916 0.9857 0.9781 0.9691 0.9584
Using Newton’s forward interpolation formula, and the given
table of values.
3 X 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 1 2
F(X) 0.21 0.69 1.25 1.89 2.61
Obtain the value of 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑛 𝑥 = 1.4
Use Gauss back ward interpolation formula to find 𝑓(32) given
4 1 2
that 𝑓(25) = 0.2707, 𝑓(30) = 0.3027, 𝑓(35) = 0.3386, 𝑓(40) = 0.3794.
Use Lagrange interpolation.
5 Evaluate 𝑓(10) given 𝑓(𝑥) = 168,192,336 𝑎𝑡 𝑥 = 1,7,15 5 2
respectively.
Find the unique polynomial 𝑝(𝑥) of degree 2 or less such that
6 𝑝(𝑥) = 1, 𝑝(3) = 27, 𝑝(4) = 64 using Lagrange’s interpolation 1 2
formula.
1
Given 𝑓(2) = 10, 𝑓(1) = 8, 𝑓(0) = 5, 𝑓(−1) = 10 𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑓(2) by
7 6 2
using Gauss forward formula
Using Lagrange’s Interpolation formula, find 𝑦(10)from the
following table
X 5 6 9 11
8 1 2
Y 12 13 14 16
Fit the second difference of the polynomial 𝑥 − 12𝑥 + 42𝑥 2 − 4 3
30𝑥 + 9 with interval of differencing ℎ = 2

Apply Bessel’s formula to obtain f ( 25) given
9 1 2
f (20 ) = 2854 , f (24 ) = 3162 , f (12 ) = 3544 , f (12 ) = 3992 .
38|N M P T - U N I T - I I
A Apply Stirling’s formula to obtain f (35) given
10 f (20 ) = 512 , f (30 ) = 439 , f (40 ) = 346 , f (50 ) = 243 . 1 2


• Application of Numerical methods as a way of transforming linear equations
and differential equations


Text Books:
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons,
2011.
3. Ronald E. Walpole “Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists”, PNIE
Reference Books:
1. B.V.Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Mc Graw Hill publishers.
39|N M P T - U N I T - I I
COURSE MATERIAL

SUBJECT PROBABILITY THEORY
(20A54402)
UNIT 3
COURSE B.TECH
SEMESTER 2-2

(Faculty Name/s)
S. NO CONTENTS PAGE
2 PREREQUISITES 1
3 SYLLABUS 1
4 COURSE OUTCOMES 1
6 LESSON PLAN 2
8 LECTURE NOTES 3
3.1 NUMERICAL INTEGRATION 3
3.2 TRAPEZOIDAL RULE 3
3.3 SIMPSON’S 1/3 &3/8 RULES 4
3.4 TAYLOR’S SERIES FORMULA 8
3.5 PICARD’S SUCCESSIVE APPROXIMATION FORMULA 20
3.6 EULER’S METHOD 22
3.7 MODIFIED EULER’S METHOD 28
3.8 RUNGE-KUTTA METHODS 35
9 PRACTICE QUIZ 44
10 ASSIGNMENTS 46
• This course aims at providing the student with the knowledge on
Various numerical methods for solving equations, interpolating
the polynomials, evaluation of integral equations and solution of
differential equations.
2. PREREQUISITES
3. SYLLABUS
UNIT III
Numerical Integration & Solution of Initial value problems to Ordinary
differential equations
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 Rule – Simpson’s
3/8 Rule Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution
by Taylor’s series-Picard’s Method of successive Approximations-
Modified Euler’s Method-Runge-Kutta Methods.
4. COURSE OUTCOMES
After the completion of course, students will be able to
1. Apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental
equations
2. Derive interpolating polynomials using interpolation formulae
3. Solve differential and integral equations numerically
4. Apply Probability theory to find the chances of happening of
events.
5. Understand various probability distributions and calculate their
statistical constants.
1|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
CO1 3 3
CO2 3 3
CO3 3 3
CO4 3 3
CO5 3 3
6. LESSON PLAN

1 1 Introduction to Numerical Integration TB1/RB2
2 TB1/RB2
Trapezoidal Rule
3 Problems on Trapezoidal Rule TB1/RB2
4 Simpson’s 1/3 Rule TB1/RB2
5 Problems on Simpson’s 1/3 Rule TB1/RB2
6 Simpson’s 3/8 Rule TB1/RB2
7 2 TB1/RB2
Problems on Simpson’s 3/8 Rule
8 Introduction to Numerical solutions of O.D.E. TB1/RB2
9 Taylor’s Series Method TB1/RB2
10 Problems on Taylor’s Series Method TB1/RB2
11 Picard’s Method of Successive Approximation TB1/RB2
12 Problems on Picard’s Method TB1/RB2
13 3 Euler-Modified Euler’s Method TB1/RB2
14 Problems on Modified Euler’s Method TB1/RB2
15 Runge Kutta Methods TB1/RB2
16 RK Method of II,III,IV th Orders TB1/RB2
17 Problems on RK Methods TB1/RB2
18 Problems on RK Methods TB1/RB2
1. To Solve Ordinary Differential Equations by using Numerical
Techniques
8. LECTURE NOTES
3.1 Numerical Integration
This is the most popular and widely used numerical integration
formula. It forms the basis for a number of numerical integration
methods.
3.2 Trapezodial Rule
Here the function f(x) is approximated by a first-order polynomial, h is

the length of interval and n is number of sub-intervals
𝑥 ℎ
Then ∫𝑥 𝑛 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 2 [(𝑦0 + 𝑦𝑛 ) + 2(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦3 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−1 )]
0
𝑥 ℎ
=> ∫𝑥 𝑛 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 2 [𝑆𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 + 2 ×
0
𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠]
First divide the interval [x0 , xn ] into n sub-intervals with the length of
interval h, then substitute all values of y and simply which gives the
𝑥
value of ∫𝑥 𝑛 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥
0
Problems
1
1. Evaluate ∫0 x 3 dx with five sub-intervals by Trapezodial rule
b−a 1−0
Sol: Here a = 0, b = 1, n = 5 and h = n
= 5
= 0.2
The values of x and y are tabulated below
x 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

y 0 0.008 0.064 0.216 0.512 1
Trapezodial rule
𝑥𝑛 ℎ
∫𝑥0 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 2 [(𝑦0 + 𝑦5 ) + 2(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦4 )]
1 0.2
∫0 x 3 dx = 2
[(0 + 1) + 2(0.008 + 0.064 + 0.216 + 0.512)]
= 0.26
𝜋
2. Solve ∫0 𝑡 sin 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 using the Trapezodial rule
π
Sol: Divide the interval [0, π] into 6 parts each of width h = 6
The values of f(t) = t sin t are given below
𝜋 2𝜋 3𝜋 4𝜋 5𝜋
t 0 𝜋
6 6 6 6 6
Y=t sin t 0 0.2618 0.9069 1.5708 1.8138 1.309 0
Trapezodial rule
𝑛𝑥 ℎ
∫𝑥0 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 2 [(𝑦0 + 𝑦5 ) + 2(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦4 )]
1 π
∫0 x 3 dx = 12 [(0 + 0) + 2(0.2618 + 0.9069 + 1.5708 + 1.8138 + 1.309)]
=3.07
3.3 Simpson’s 1/3 Rule:
This is another popular method. Here the function f(x) is
approximated by a second order polynomial
Then
𝑥𝑛
ℎ
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(𝑦 + 𝑦𝑛 ) + 4(𝑦1 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦5 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−1 )
3 0
𝑥0
+ 2(𝑦2 + 𝑦4 + 𝑦6 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−2 )]
First divide the interval [x0 , xn ] into n(even) sub-intervals with the
length of interval h, then substitute all values of y and simply which
𝑥
gives the value of ∫𝑥 𝑛 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥.
0
21
1. Find the value of ∫1 x dx by Simpson’s 1/3 rule.
Sol: Divide the interval [1, 2] into 8 parts each of width h = 0.125
1
The values of f(x) = x are given below
x 1 1.125 1.25 1.375 1.5 1.625 1.75 1.875 2
y 1 0.8888 0.8 0.7272 0.6666 0.6153 0.5714 0.5333 0.5
Then by Simpsons 1/3 rule
𝑥𝑛
ℎ
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(𝑦 + 𝑦8 ) + 4(𝑦1 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦5 + 𝑦7 ) + 2(𝑦2 + 𝑦4 + 𝑦6 )]
3 0
𝑥0
2
1 0.125
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = [(1 + 0.5) + 4(0.8888 + 0.7272 + 0.6153 + 0.5333)
𝑥 3
1
+ 2(0.8 + 0.6666 + 0.5714)]
= 0.6931
6 1
2. Evaluate ∫0 dx by Simpson’s 1/3 rule.
1+x
Sol: Divide the interval [0, 6] into 6 parts each of width h =1

1
The values of f(x) = 1+x are given below
x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
1
Y=f(x) = 1+x 1 0.5 0.3333 0.25 0.2 0.1666 0.1428

𝑥𝑛
ℎ
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(𝑦 + 𝑦6 ) + 4(𝑦1 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦5 ) + 2(𝑦2 + 𝑦4 )]
3 0
𝑥0
2
1 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = [(1 + 0.1428) + 4(0.5 + 0.25 + 0.1666) + 2(0.3333 + 0.2)]
𝑥 3
1
=1.9659
3.4 Simpson’s 3/8 Rule:
This is another popular method. Here the function f(x) is
approximated by a second order polynomial
Then
𝑥𝑛
3ℎ
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(𝑦0 + 𝑦𝑛 ) + 3(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦4 + 𝑦5 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−1 )
8
𝑥0
+ 2(𝑦3 + 𝑦6 + 𝑦9 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−2 )]
First divide the interval [x0 , xn ] into n(even) sub-intervals with the
length of interval h, then substitute all values of y and simply which
𝑥
gives the value of ∫𝑥 𝑛 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥.
0
6 1
1. Evaluate ∫0 1+x2 dx by Simpson’s 1/3 rule.
Sol: Divide the interval [0, 6] into 6 parts each of width h =1

1
The values of f(x) = 1+x2 are given below
x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
1
Y=f(x) = 1+x2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.0588 0.0385 0.0027

𝑥𝑛
3ℎ
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(𝑦0 + 𝑦6 ) + 3(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦4 + 𝑦5 ) + 2(𝑦3 )]
8
𝑥0
2
1 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = [(1 + 0.0027) + 3(0.5 + 0.2 + 0.0588 + 0.0385) + 2(0.1)]
𝑥 3
1
=1.3571
1
2. Evaluate ∫0 √1 + x 4 dx using Simpson’s 3/8 rule
1
Sol: Sol: Divide the interval [0, 1] into 6 parts each of width h = 6
The values of f(x) = √1 + x 4 are given below
1 2 3 4 5
x 0 1
6 6 6 6 6
Y=f(x) = √1 + x 4 1 1.0004 1.0062 1.0301 1.0943 1.2175 1.4142

𝑥𝑛
3ℎ
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(𝑦0 + 𝑦6 ) + 3(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦4 + 𝑦5 ) + 2(𝑦3 )]
8
𝑥0
2
1 1
∫ 𝑑𝑥 = [(1 + 1.4142) + 3(1.0004 + 1.0062 + 1.0943 + 1.2175)
𝑥 3
1
+ 2(1.0301)]
=1.0894
Numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations

1. The important methods of solving ordinary differential equations
of first order numerically are as follows
1) Taylor’s series method
2) Picard’s method
3) Euler’s method
4) Modified Euler’s method of successive approximations
5) Runge- kutta method
To describe various numerical methods for the solution of ordinary

differential eqn’s, we consider the general 1st order differential eqn
Given O.D.Eqn. dy/dx=f(x,y)-------(1)
with the initial condition y(x0)=y0 , X1=X0+h, X2=X1+h,we have to

evaluate Y1,Y2---- etc
The methods will yield the solution in one of the two forms:
i) A series for y in terms of powers of x, from which the value of y

can be obtained by direct substitution.
ii ) A set of tabulated values of y corresponding to different

values of x
The methods of Taylor and Picard belong to class(i)
The methods of Euler, Runge - kutta method, Adams, Milne etc,

belong to class (ii)
3.4 TAYLOR’S SERIES METHOD
To find the numerical solution of the differential equation
dy
= f ( x, y ) →(1)
dx
With the initial condition y ( x0 ) = y0 →(2)
y ( x) can be expanded about the point x0 in a Taylor’s series in

powers of ( x − x0 ) as
( x − x0 ) ( x − x0 ) 2 ( x − x0 ) n n
y ( x) = y ( x0 ) + 
y ( x0 ) + 
y ( x0 ) + ............ + y ( x0 ) →(3)
1 2! n!
In equ3, y ( x0 ) is known from I.C equ2. The remaining coefficients
y( x0 ), y( x0 ),......... y n ( x0 ) etc are obtained by successively differentiating
equ1 and evaluating at x0 . Substituting these values in equ3, y ( x) at
any point can be calculated from equ3. Provided h = x − x0 is small.
When x0 = 0 , then Taylor’s series equ3 can be written as
x2 xn
y ( x) = y (0) + x. y(0) + y(0) + ...... + y n (0) + ........ →(4)
2! n!
1. Using Taylor’s expansion evaluate the value of y − 2 y = 3e x , y (0) = 0 ,
at a) x = 0.2
b) Compare the numerical solution obtained with exact
solution .
Sol: Given equation can be written as 2 y + 3e x = y, y (0) = 0 x0=0, y0=0
Differentiating repeatedly w.r.t to ‘x’ and evaluating at x = 0

y( x) = 2 y + 3e x , y(0) = 2 y (0) + 3e 0 = 2(0) + 3(1) = 3
y( x) = 2 y + 3e x , y(0) = 2 y(0) + 3e 0 = 2(3) + 3 = 9
y( x) = 2. y( x) + 3e x , y(0) = 2 y(0) + 3e 0 = 2(9) + 3 = 21
y iv ( x) = 2. y( x) + 3e x , y iv (0) = 2(21) + 3e 0 = 45
y v ( x) = 2. y iv + 3e x , y v (0) = 2(45) + 3e0 = 90 + 3 = 93
In general, y ( n +1) ( x) = 2. y ( n ) ( x) + 3e x or y ( n +1) (0) = 2. y ( n ) (0) + 3e0

The Taylor’s series expansion of y ( x) about x0 = 0 is
x2 x3 x4 x5
y ( x) = y (0) + xy(0) + y(0) + y(0) + y(0) + y(0) + ....
2! 3! 4! 5!
Substituting the values of y (0), y(0), y(0), y(0),..........
9 2 21 3 45 4 93 5
y ( x) = 0 + 3 x + x + x + x + x + ........
2 6 24 120
9 2 7 3 15 4 31 5
y ( x) = 3 x + x + x + x + x + ........ → equ1
2 2 8 40
Now put x = 0.1 in equ1
9 7 15 31
y (0.1) = 3(0.1) + (0.1) 2 + (0.1)3 + (0.1) 4 + (0.1)5 = 0.34869
2 2 8 40
Now put x = 0.2 in equ1
9 7 15 31
y (0.2) = 3(0.2) + (0.2) 2 + (0.2)3 + (0.2) 4 + (0.2)5 = 0.811244
2 2 8 40
9 7 15 31
y (0.3) = 3(0.3) + (0.3)2 + (0.3)3 + (0.3)4 + (0.3)5 = 1.41657075
2 2 8 40
Analytical Solution:
dy
The exact solution of the equation = 2 y + 3e x with y (0) = 0 can be
dx
found as follows
dy
− 2 y = 3e x Which is a linear in y.
dx
Here P = −2, Q = 3e x
pdx −2 dx
I.F =  = = e −24
e e
General solution is y.e −2 x =  3e x .e −2 x dx + c = −3e − x + c ,dividing by 𝑒 −2𝑥 on b.s.
 y = −3e x + ce 2 x where x = 0, y = 0 , 0 = −3 + c  c = 3
The particular solution is y = 3e 2 x − 3e x or y ( x) = 3e 2 x − 3e x
Put x = 0.1 in the above particular solution,

y = 3.e0.2 − 3e0.1 = 0.34869
Similarly put x = 0.2
y = 3e0.4 − 3e0.2 = 0.811265
put x = 0.3
y = 3e0.6 − 3e0.3 = 1.416577
There is negligible error between numerical solution and analytical

solution.
dy
2. Using Taylor’s series method, solve the equation = x 2 + y 2 for
dx
x = 0.4 given that y = 0 when x = 0
dy
Sol: Given that = x 2 + y 2 and y = 0 when x = 0 i.e. y (0) = 0
dx
Here y0 = 0 , x0 = 0
Differentiating repeatedly w.r.t ‘x’ and evaluating at x = 0

y( x) = x 2 + y 2 , y(0) = 0 + y 2 (0) = 0 + 0 = 0
y( x) = 2 x + y.2 y, y (0) = 2(0) + y (0)2. y = 0
y( x) = 2 + 2 yy + 2 y. y, y(0) = 2 + 2. y (0). y(0) + 2. y(0) 2 = 2
y( x) = 2. y. y + 2. y. y + 4. y. y, y(0) = 0
The Taylor’s series for f(x) about x0 = 0 is
x2 x3 x4
y ( x) = y (0) + xy(0) + y(0) + y(0) + y(0) + ...
2! 3! 4!
Substituting the values of y (0), y(0), y(0),.....
2 x3 x3
y ( x) = 0 + x(0) + 0 + + 0 + ........ = + (Higher order terms are
3! 3
neglected)
(0.4)3 0.064
 y (0.4) = = = 0.02133
3 3
3. Solve y = x − y 2 , y (0) = 1 using Taylor’s series method and compute
y(0.1),y(0.2)
Sol: Given that y = x − y 2 , y (0) = 1
Here y0 = 1 , x0 = 0
Differentiating repeatedly w.r.t ‘x’ and evaluating at x=0
10|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
y( x) = x − y 2 , y(0) = 0 − y (0) 2 = 0 − 1 = −1
y( x) = 1 − 2 y. y, y(0) = 1 − 2. y (0) y(0) = 1 − 2( −1) = 3
y( x) = 1 − 2 yy − 2( y) 2 , y(0) = −2. y (0). y(0) − 2.( y(0)) 2 = −6 − 2 = −8
y( x) = −2. y. y − 2. y. y − 4. y. y, y(0) = −2. y (0). y(0) − 6. y(0). y(0) = 16 + 18 = 34
x 1 x 2 11 x3 111
y(x) = y(0) + y (0) + y (0) + y (0) + …..
1! 2! 3!
Substituting the value of y(0), y1(0), y11(0),…..
3 2 8 3 34 4
y(x) = 1 – x + x - x + x +…..
2 6 24
3 2 4 3 17 4
y(x) = 1 – x + x - x + x +….. →(1)
2 3 12
now put x = 0.1 in (1)
3 4 17
y(0.1) = 1 – 0.1 + (0.1)2 + (0.1)3 + (0.1)4 + …..
2 3 12
= 0.91380333 ~ 0.91381
Similarly put x = 0.2 in (1)
3 4 17
y(0.2) = 1 – 0.2 + (0.2)2 - (0.2)3 + (0.2)4 + …..
2 3 12
= 0.8516.
4. Solve y1 = x2 – y, y(0) = 1, using Taylor’s series method and
compute y(0.1), y(0.2), y(0.3) and y(0.4) (correct to 4 decimal
places).
Sol. Given that yI = x2 – y and y(0) = 1
Here x0 = 0, y0 = 1 or y =1 when x=0
Differentiating repeatedly w.r.t ‘x’ and evaluating at x = 0.
YI(x) = x2 – y, yI(0) = 0 – 1 = -1
yII(x) = 2x – yI, yII(0) = 2(0) – yI(0) = 0 – (-1) = 1
yIII(x) = 2 – yII, yIII(0) = 2 – yII(0) = 2 – 1 = 1,
yIV(x) = - yIII , yIV(0) = -yIII (0) = -1.
The Taylor’s servies for f(x) about x0 = 0 is

11|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
x I x 2 II x3 III x 4 IV
y(x) = y(0) + y (0) + y (0) + y (0) + y (0) +……
1! 2! 3! 4!
substituting the values of y(0) , y1(0) , y11(0) , y111(0) ,……
x2 x3 x4
y(x) = 1 + x (-1) + (1) + (1) + (-1) + ……
2 6 24
x2 x3 x 4
y(x) = 1 – x + + - + …… →(1)
2 6 24
Now put x = 0.1 in (1),
( 0.1) ( 0.1) ( 0.1)

2 3 4
y(0.1) = 1 – 0.1 + + - + ….
2 6 24
= 1 – 0.1 + 0.005 + 0.01666 – 0.0000416 -0.905125 ~ 0.9051
(4 decimal places)
Now put x = 0.2 in eq (1),
( 0.2 ) ( 0.2 ) ( 0.2 )

2 3 4
y(0.2) = 1 – 0.2 + + -
2 6 64
= 1 – 0.2 + 0.02 + 0.001333 – 0.000025
= 1.021333 – 0.200025
= 0.821308 ~ 0.8213 (4 decimals)
Similarly y(0.3) = 0.7492 and y (0.4) = 0.6897 (4 decimal places).
dy
5. Solve -1 = xy and y(0) = 1 using Taylor’s series method and
dx
compute y(0.1).
dy
Sol. Given that - 1 = xy and y(0) = 1
dx
dy
Here = 1 + xy and y0 = 1, x0 = 0.
dx
Differentiating repeatedly w.r.t ‘x’ and evaluating at x0 = 0
yI(x) = 1 + xy, yI(0) = 1+0(1) = 1 .
yII(x) = x.y’+ y, yII(0) = 0+1=1
yIII(x) = x.y’’ + yI + yI, yIII(0) = 0.(1) + 2 (1) =2
yIV(x) = xyIII + yII + 2yII, yIV(0) = 0+3(1) =3.
yV(x) = xyIV + yIII +2yIII, yV(0) = 0 + 2 + 2(3) = 8

12|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
The Taylor series for f(x) about x0 = 0 is
x 2 II x3 III x 4 IV x5 V
y(x) = y(0) + x.yI(0) + y (0) + y (0) + y (0) + y (0)+…..
2! 3! 4! 5!
Substituting the values of y(0) , yI(0) , yII(0) , ….
x2 x3 x4 x5
y(x) = 1 + x + + (2) + (3) + (8) + ….
2 6 24 120
x2 x3 x4 x5
y(x) = 1 + x + + + + + …. →(1)
2 3 8 15
Now put x = 0.1 in equ (1),
(0.1) 2 (0.1)3 (0.1) 4 (0.1)5
y(0.1) = 1 + 0.1 + + + + + …..
2 3 8 15
= 1 + 0.1 +0.005 + 0.000333 + 0.0000125 + 0.0000006
= 1.1053461
H.W
6. Given the differential equ y1 = x2 + y2, y(0) = 1.Obtain y(0.25), and

y(0.5) by Taylor’s Series method.
Ans: 1.3333, 1.81667
7. Solve y1 = xy2 + y, y(0) =1 using Taylor’s series method and compute

y(0.1) and y(0.2).
Ans: 1.111, 1.248.
Note: We know that the Taylor’s expansion of y(x) about the point x0
in a power of (x – x0)is.
( x − x0 ) I ( x − x0 ) 2 II ( x − x0 )3 III
y(x) = y(x0) + y (x0) + y (x0) + y (x0) + … →(1)
1! 2! 3!
Or
( x − x0 ) I ( x − x0 ) 2 II ( x − x0 )3 III
y(x) = y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + …..
1! 2! 3!
13|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
If we let x – x0 = h. (i.e. x = x0 + h = x1) we can write the Taylor’s
series as
h I h2 II h3 III h4 IV
y(x) = y(x1) = y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + ….
1! 2! 3! 4!
h I h2 II h3 III h IV IV
i.e. y1 = y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + ….. →(2)
1! 2! 3! 4!
Similarly expanding y(x) in a Taylor’s series about x = x1. We will
get.
h I h 2 II h3 III h 4 IV
y2 = y1 + y1 + y1 + y1 + y1 + ……. →(3)
1! 2! 3! 4!
Similarly expanding y(x) in a Taylor’s series about x = x2 We will
get.
y3 = y 2 + y2 + y2 + y2 + y2 + …... →(4)
1! 2! 3! 4!
In general, Taylor’s expansion of y(x) at a point x= xn is
yn+1 = yn + yn + yn + yn + yn + ….. →(5)
1! 2! 3! 4!
8. Solve y1 = x-y2, y(0) = 1 using Taylor’s series method and evaluate
y(0.1), y(0.2) by step size h=0.1.
Sol: Given y1 = x – y2 →(1)
and y(0) = 1 →(2)
Here x0 = 0, y0 = 1.
Differentiating (1) w.r.t ‘x’, we get.
yII = 1 – 2yyI →(3)
yIII = -2(y. yII + (yI)2) → (4)
yIV = -2[y. yIII + yI. yII + 2yI. yII] →(5)
= -2(3yI. yII + y. yIII) …...

Put x0 = 0, y0 = 1 in (1),(3),(4) and (5),
We get
y0I = 0-1 = -1,
y0II = 1-2(1) (-1) = 3,
y0III = -2[(-1)2) + (1) (3)] = -8
14|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
y0IV = -2[3(-1) (3) + (1) (-8)] = -2(-9 -8) = 34.
Take h=0.1
Step1: By Taylor’s series, we have
y1 = y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + ….. →(6)
1! 2! 3! 4!
on substituting the values of y0, y0I , y0II , etc in equ (6) we get
0.1 (0.1) 2 (0.1)3 (0.1) 4

y(0.1) = y1 = 1 + (-1) + (3) + (-8) + (34) + ….
1 2 6 24
= 1 – 0.1 + 0.015 – 0.00133 + 0.00014 + …
= 0.91381
Step2: Let us find y(0.2), we start with (x1,y1) as the starting

value.
Here x1 = x0 + h = 0+0.1 = 0.1 and y1 = 0.91381
Put these values of x1 and y1 in (1),(3),(4) and (5),we get
y1I = x1 - y12 = 0.1 – (0.91381)2 = 0.1 – 0.8350487 = -0.735
y1II = 1 – 2y1  y1I = 1- 2(0.91381) (-0.735) = 1 + 1.3433 = 2.3433
y1III = - 2[( y1I )2 + y1  y1II ] = - 2[(-0.735)2 + (0.91381) (2.3433)] = -5.363112
y1IV = - 2[3. y1I y1II + y1 y1III ]
= - 2[3.(-0.735) (2.3433) + (0.91381) (-5.363112)]

= -2[(-5.16697) – 4.9] = 20.133953
By Taylor’s series expansion,
y2 = y1 + y1 + y1 + y1 + y1 + ….
1! 2! 3! 4!
(0.1) 2
 y(0.2) = y2 = 0.91381 + (0.1) (-0.735) + (2.3433) +
2
(0.1)3 (0.1) 4
(-5.363112) + (20.133953) + ….
6 24
y(0.2) = 0.91381 – 0.0735 + 0.0117 – 0.00089 + 0.00008 = 0.8512
9. Tabulate y(0.1), y(0.2) and y(0.3) using Taylor’s series method given
that y1 = y2 + x and y(0) = 1
15|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
Sol: Given y1 = y2 + x →(1)
and y(0) = 1 →(2)
Here x0 = 0, y0 = 1.
Differentiating (1) w.r.t ‘x’, we get
y II = 2y  yI + 1 →(3)
y III = 2[y  y II + (yI)2] →(4)
y IV = 2[y  y III + yI y II + 2 yI y II ]
= 2[y  y III + 3 yI y II ] →(5)
Put x0 = 0, y0 = 1 in (1), (3), (4) and (5), we get

y0I = (1)2 + 0 = 1
y0II = 2(1) (1) + 1 = 3,
y0III = 2((1) (3) + (1)2) = 8
y0IV = 2[(1)(8) + 3(1)(3)]
= 34
Take h = 0.1.
Step1: By Taylor’s series expansion, we have
y(x1) = y1 = y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + …. →(6)
1! 2! 3! 4!
on substituting the values of yo, y0I , y0II etc in (6),we get
(0.1) 2 (0.1)3 (0.1) 4

y(0.1) = y1= 1 + (0.1)(1) + (3) + (8) + (34) + ….
2 6 24
= 1 + 0.1 + 0.015 + 0.001333 + 0.000416
y1 = 1.116749
Step2: Let us find y(0.2),we start with (x1,y1) as the starting values
Here x1 = x0 + h = 0 + 0.1 = 0.1 and y1 = 1.116749
Putting these values in (1),(3),(4) and (5), we get
y1I = y12 +x1 = (1.116749)2 + 0.1 = 1.3471283
y1II = 2y1 y1I + 1 = 2(10116749) (1.3471283) + 1 = 4.0088
y1III = 2(y1 y1II + ( y1I )2) = 2((1.116749) (4.0088) + (1.3471283)2]
16|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
= 12.5831
y1IV = 2y1 y1III + 6 y1I y1II = 2(1.116749) (12.5831) + 6(1.3471283) (4.0088)
= 60.50653
By Taylor’s expansion
y(x2) = y2 = y1 + y1 + y1 + y1 + y1 + ….
1! 2! 3! 4!
 y(0.2) = y2 = 1.116749 + (0.1) (1.3471283)
(0.1) 2 (0.1)3 (0.1) 4
+ (4.0088) + (12.5831) + (60.50653)
2 6 24
y2 = 1.116749 + 0.13471283 + 0.020044 + 0.002097 + 0.000252
= 1.27385
y(0.2) = 1.27385
Step3: Let us find y(0.3),we start with (x2,y2) as the starting value.
Here x2 = x1 + h = 0.1 + 0.1 =0.2 and y2 = 1.27385
Putting these values of x2 and y2 in eq (1), (3), (4) and (5),
we get
y2I = y22 + x2 = (1.27385)2 + 0.2 = 1.82269
y2II = 2y2 y 12 + 1 = 2(1.27385) (1.82269) + 1 = 5.64366
y2III = 2[y2 y2II + ( y2I )2 ] = 2[(1.27385) (5.64366) + (1.82269)2]
= 14.37835 + 6.64439 = 21.02274

y2IV = 2y2 + y2III + 6 y2I  y1II
= 2(1.27385) (21.00274) + 6(1.82269)+(5.64366)

= 53.559635 + 61.719856 = 115.27949
By Taylor’s expansion,
y(x3) = y3 = y2 + y2 + y2 + y2 + y2 + …..
1! 2! 3! 4!
y(0.3) = y3 = 1.27385 + (0.1) (1.82269)
(0.1) 2 (0.1)3
+ (5.64366) + (21.02274)
2 6
(0.1) 4
+ (115.27949)
24
= 1.27385 + 0.182269 + 0.02821
17|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
+ 0.0035037 + 0.00048033 = 1.48831
y(0.3) = 1.48831
10. Solve y1= x2 – y, y(0) = 1 using Taylor’s series method and evaluate
y(0.1),y(0.2),y(0.3) and y(0.4) (correct to 4 decimal places)
Sol: Given y1= x2 – y →(1)
and y(0) = 1 →(2)
Here x0 = 0, y0 = 1
Differentiating (1) w.r.t ‘x’, we get
yII = 2x – y1→(3)
yIII = 2- yII →(4)
yIV = -yIII →(5)
put x0 = 0, y0 = 1 in (1),(3),(4) and (5), we get
y0I = x02 - y0 = 0-1 = -1,
y0II = 2x0 - y0I = 2(0) – (-1) = 1
y0III = 2- y0II = 2-1 = 1,
y0IV = - y0III = -1 Take h = 0.1
Step1: by Taylor’s series expansion

h I h2 II h3 III h 4 IV
y(x1) = y1= y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + y0 + …. →(6)
1! 2! 3! 4!
On substituting the values of y0, y0I , y0II etc in (6), we get
(0.1) 2 (0.1)3 (0.1) 4

y(0.1) = y1 = 1+ (0.1) (-1) + (1) + (1) + (-1)+….
2 6 24
= 1-0.1 + 0.005 + 0.01666 – 0.0000416
= 0.905125 ~ 0.9051 (4 decimal place).
Step2: Let us find y(0.2) we start with (x1,y1) as the starting values
Here x1= x0 + h = 0 + 0.1 = 0.1 and y1 = 0.905125,
Putting these values of x1 and y1 in (1), (3), (4) and (5), we get
From 1,3,4,5 we get
18|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
y11 = x12 - y1 = (0.1)2 – 0.905125 = -0.895125
y1II = 2x1 - y11 = 2(0.1) – (-0.895125) = 1.095125,
y1III = 2 - y1II = 2 – 1.095125 = 0.90475,
y1IV = - y1III = -0.904875,
y(x2) = y2 = y1 + y1 + y1 + y1 + y1 +….
1! 2! 3! 4!
(0.1) 2
y(0.2) = y2 = 0.905125 + (0.1)(-0.895125) + (1.09125)
2
(0.1)3 (0.1) 4
+ (1.095125) + (-0.904875)+….
6 24
y(0.2) = y2 = 0.905125 – 0.0895125 + 0.00547562 + 0.000150812
= 0.8212351 ~ 0.8212 (4 decimal places)
Step3: Let us find y(0.3), we start with (x2,y2) as the starting value
Here x2 = x1 + h = 0.1+ 0.1 = 0.2 and y2 = 0.8212351
Putting these values of x2 and y2 in (1),(3),(4), and (5) we get
y 12 = x22 - y2 = (0.2)2 – 0.8212351= 0.04 – 0.8212351 = - 0.7812351
y2II = 2x2 - y 12 = 2(0.2) + (0.7812351) = 1.1812351,
y2III = 2 - y2II = 2 – 1. 1812351 = 0.818765,
y2IV = - y2III = -0.818765,

y(x3) = y3 = y2 + y2 + y2 + y2 + y2 +….
1! 2! 3! 4!
(0.1) 2
y(0.3) = y3 = 0. 8212351 + (0.1)(-0.7812351) + (1.1812351)
2
(0.1)3 (0.1) 4
+ (0.818765) + (-0.818765)+….
6 24
y(0.3) = y3 = 0. 8212351– 0.07812351+ 0.005906 + 0.000136 –
= 0.749150 ~ 0.7492 (4 decimal places)
Step4: Let us find y(0.4), we start with (x3,y3) as the starting value
19|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
Here x3 = x2 + h = 0.2+ 0.1 = 0.3 and y3 = 0.749150
Putting these values of x3 and y3 in (1),(3),(4), and (5) we get
y31 = x32 - y3 = (0.3)2 – 0.749150= -0.65915,
y3II = 2x3 - y31 = 2(0.3) + (0.65915) = 1.25915,
y3III = 2 - y3II = 2 – 1. 25915 = 0.74085,
y3IV = - y3III = -0.74085,

y(x4) = y4 = y3 + y3 + y3 + y3 + y3 +….
1! 2! 3! 4!
(0.1) 2 (0.1)3
y(0.4) = y4 = 0. 749150 + (0.1)(-0.65915) + (1.25915) +
2 6
(0.1) 4
(0.74085) + (-0.74085)+….
24
y(0.4) = y4 = 0. 749150 – 0.065915+ 0.0062926+ 0.000123475 – 0.0000030
= 0.6896514 ~ 0.6896 (4 decimal places)
11. Solve y1 = x2 – y, y(0) = 1using T.S.M and evaluate y(0.1),y(0.2),y(0.3)

and y(0.4) (correct to 4 decimal place ) Ans : 0.9051, 0.8212, 07492,
0.6896
12. Given the differentiating equation y1 = x1 + y2, y(0) = 1. Obtain y(0.25)

and y(0.5) by T.S.M.
Ans: 1.3333, 1.81667
13. Solve y1 = xy2 + y, y(0) = 1 using Taylor’s series method and evaluate
y(0.1) and y(0.2)
Ans: 1.111, 1.248.
3.6 Picard’s Method
dy
Consider the differential equation dx = f(x, y)
Given that y = y0 for x = x0

x
Then y (n) = y0 + ∫x n f(x, y (n−1) ) dx, n = 1, 2, 3, ⋯
0
Problems
20|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
𝑑𝑦
1. Find the value of y for x=0.4 by Picard’s method, given that 𝑑𝑥 =
𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 , 𝑦(0) = 0.
𝑑𝑦
Sol: Given 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 , 𝑦(0) = 0
x
By Picard’s method y (n) = y0 + ∫x n f(x, y (n−1) ) dx, n = 1, 2, 3, ⋯
0
For the first approximation, replace y0 by 0

x
x3
y (1) = 0 + ∫ (x 2 + 0) dx =
0 3
2
x x3 x x6 x3
Second approximation is y (2) = ∫0 (x 2 + ( 3 ) ) dx = ∫0 (x 2 + 9 ) dx = +
3
x7
63
Calculation of y (3) is tedious and hence approximate value is y (2)

(0.4)3 (0.4)7
For x=0.4, y = + = 0.02133 + 0.00026 = 0.0214
3 63
2. Solve Find the value of y at x=0.1 by Picard’s method, given that

𝑑𝑦 𝑦−𝑥
= 𝑦+𝑥 , 𝑦(0) = 1
𝑑𝑥
Sol: Given 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑦+𝑥 , 𝑦(0) = 1
x x 𝑦−𝑥
By Picard’s method y (n) = y0 + ∫x n f(x, y (n−1) ) dx = y0 + ∫0 dx
0 𝑦+𝑥

x x
1−𝑥 2
y (1) = 1 + ∫ dx = 1 + ∫ −1 + dx
0 1+𝑥 0 1+𝑥
y (1) = 1 + [−x + 2log(1 + x)]x0
y (1) = 1 − x + 2log(1 + x)
x 1−x+2log(1+x)−x
Second approximation is y (2) = 1 + ∫0 dx
1−x+2log(1+x)+x
Which is very difficult to integrate
Hence we use the first approximation itself a s the value of y
∴ y(x) = y (1) = 1 − x + 2log(1 + x)
21|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
Put x=0.1, we get
y(0.1) = 1 − 0.1 + 2log(1 + 0.1) = 1.0906
3.6 EULER’S METHOD
It is the simplest one-step method and it is less accurate. Hence it has

a limited application.
dy
Consider the differential equation = f(x,y) →(1)
dx
With y(x0) = y0→(2)
Consider the first two terms of the Taylor’s expansion of y(x) at x = x0
y(x) = y(x0) + (x – x0) y1(x0) →(3)
from equation (1) y1(x0) = f(x0,y(x0)) = f(x0,y0)
Substituting in equation (3)
 y(x) = y(x0) + (x – x0) f(x0,y0)
At x = x1, y(x1) = y(x0) + (x1 – x0) f(x0,y0)
 y1 = y0 + h f(x0,y0) where h = x1 – x0
Similarly at x = x2 , y2 = y1 + h f(x1,y1),
Proceeding as above, yn+1 = yn + h f(xn,yn)
This is known as Euler’s Method

dy
1. Using Euler’s method solve for x = 2 from = 3x2 + 1,y(1) = 2, by
dx
taking step size
(I) h = 0.5 and (II) h=0.25
dy
Sol: Here dx = f(x,y) = 3x2 + 1, x0 = 1,y0 = 2
Euler’s algorithm is yn+1 = yn + h f (xn,yn), n = 0,1,2,3,….. →(1)
(I) h = 0.5  x1 = x0 + h = 1+0.5 = 1.5
Taking n = 0 in (1) , we have x2 = x1 + h = 1.5 + 0.5 = 2
y1 = y0 + h f(x0,y0)
i.e. y1 = y(1.5) = 2 + (0.5) f(1,2) = 2 + (0.5) (3 + 1) = 2 + (0.5)(4)=4
Here x1 = x0 + h = 1 + 0.5 = 1.5
22|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
 y(1.5) = 4 = y1
Taking n = 1 in (1),we have
y2 = y1 + h f(x1,y1)
i.e. y(x2) = y2 = 4 + (0.5) f(1.5,4) = 4 + (0.5)[3(1.5)2 + 1] = 7.875
Here x2 = x4 + h = 1.5 + 0.5 = 2
 y(2) = 7.875
(II) h = 0.25 x0 = 1,y0 = 2  x1 = 1.25, x2 = 1.50, x3 = 1.75, x4
=2
Taking n = 0 in (1), we have
y1 = y0 + h f(x0,y0)
i.e. y(x1) = y1 = 2 + (0.25) f(1,2) = 2 + (0.25) (3 + 1) = 3=y(1.25)
y(x2) = y2 = y1 + h f(x1,y1)
i.e. y(x2) = y2 = 3 + (0.25) f(1.25,3)
= 3 + (0.25)[3(1.25)2 + 1]
= 4.42188
Here x2 = x1 + h = 1.25 + 0.25 = 1.5
 y2=y(1.5) = 4.42188
i.e. y(x3) = y3 = y2+h f(x2,y2)
= 4.42188 + (0.25) f(1.5,2)
= 4.42188 + (0.25) [3(1.5)2 + 1]
= 6.35938
Here x3 = x2 + h = 1.5 + 0.25 = 1.75
 y(1.75) =6. 35938 =y3
y(x4) = y4 = y3 + h f(x3,y3)
i.e. y(x4) = y4 = 6.35938 + (0.25) f(1.75,2)

23|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
= 6.35938 + (0.25)[3(1.75)2 + 1]
y(x4)= 8.90626=y(2)
Note that the difference in values of y(2) in both cases (i.e. when h =
0.5 and when h = 0.25).The accuracy is improved significantly when h
is reduced to 0.25 (Example significantly of the eqn is y = x3 + x and
with this y(2) = y2 = 10
2. Solve by Euler’s method,y1 = x + y, y(0) = 1 and find y(0.3) taking

step size h = 0.1. compare the result obtained by this method
with the result obtained by analytical solution
Sol: Given D.E. is y1 =f(x,y)= x + y, y(0) =

1,h=0.1,x0=0,x1=0.1,x2=0.2,x3=0.3,y0=1
From Euler’s method
y1 = y0 + h f(x0,y0)=1+0.1(0+1)=1.1
y(x2) = y2 = y1 + h f(x1,y1)=1.1+0.1(0.1+1.1)=1.22
y(x3) = y3 = y2+h f(x2,y2) =1.22+0.1(0.2+1.22)=1.362
y1 = 1.1 = y(0.1),
y2 = y(0.2) = 1.22
y3 = y(0.3) = 1.362
Analytical method (linear d.e. method)
y1 = x + y
dy/dx-y=x
P=-1,Q=x
I.F.=e^int(Pdx)=e^int(-dx)=e^-x
Sol. Y(I.F.)=int(Q(i.f.)dx+c
Y(e^-x)=int(xe^-x)dx+c=e^-x(-x-1)+c
Divide by e^-x on b.s.
24|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
Solution y=-x-1+ce^x
Put x=0,y=1 then
1=-0-1+c
C=2
General solution y=-x-1+2e^x
Particular solution is y(x) = 2ex – (x + 1)
Hence analytical values y(0.1) = 1.11034, y(0.2) = 1.3428, y(0.3) =

1.5997
We shall tabulate the result as follows
0
X X1=0.1 X2=0.2 X3=0.3
Euler 1 1.22
1.1 1.362
y(numerical)
Linear 1 1.3428
1.11034 1.3997
y(analytical)
The value of y deviate from the execute value as x increases. This

indicate that the method is not accurate
3. Solve by Euler’s method y1 + y = 0 given y(0) = 1 and find

y(0.04) taking step size
h = 0.01 Ans: 0.9606
4. Using Euler’s method, solve y at x = 0.1 from y1 = x+ y +xy, y()) =

1 taking step size h = 0.025.
dy
5. Given that = xy ,y(0) = 1 determine y(0.1),using Euler’s
dx
method. h =0.1
25|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
dy
Sol: The given differentiating equation is = xy, y(0) = 1 ,a = 0,b=0.1
dx
Here f(x,y) = xy , x0 = 0 and y0 = 1
Since h is not given much better accuracy is obtained by breaking up

the interval (0,0.1) in to five steps.
b−a 0.1
i.e. h = = = 0.02
5 5
Euler’s algorithm is yn+1 = yn + h f(xn,yn) →(1)
 From (1) form = 0, we have
y1 = y0 +h f(x0,y0)
= 1 + (0.02) f(0,1)
= 1 + (0.02) (0)
=1
Next we have x1 = x0 + h = 0 + 0.02 = 0.02
 From (1), form = 1,we have
y2 = y1 + h f(x1,y1)
= 1 + (0.02) f(0.02,1)
= 1 + (0.02) (0.02)
= 1.0004
Next we have x2 = x1 + h = 0.02 + 0.02 =0.04
y3 = y2 + h f(x2,y2)
= 1.004 + (0.02) (0.04) (1.0004)
= 1.0012
Next we have x3 = x2 + h = 0.04 + 0.02 =0.06
y4 = y3 + h f(x3,y3)
= 1.0012 + (0.02) (0.06) (1.00012)
= 1.0024.
Next we have x4 = x3 + h = 0.06 + 0.02 =0.08
26|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
y5 = y4 + h f(x4,y4)
= 1.0024 + (0.02) (0.08) (1.00024)
= 1.0040.
Next we have x5 = x4 + h = 0.08 + 0.02 =0.1
When x = x5, y~y5
 y = 1.0040 when x = 0.1
2y
6. Solve by Euler’s method y1 = given y(1) = 2 and find y(2).
x
dy
7. Given that = 3x2 + y, y(0) = 4. Find y(0.25) and y(0.5) using
dx
Euler’s method
dy
Sol: given = 3x2 + y and y(0) = 4.
dx
Here f(x,y) = 3x2 + y , x0 = 0, y0 = 4
Consider h = 0.25
Euler’s algorithm is yn+1 = yn + h f(xn,yn) →(1)
 From (1), for n = 0, we have
y1 = y0 + h f(x0,y0)
= 2 + (0.25)[0 + 4]
=2+1
=3
Next we have x1 = x0 + h = 0 + 0.25 = 0.25
When x = x1, y1~ y
 y1 = 3 when x1 = 0.25
 From (1), for n = 1, we have
y2 = y1 + h f(x1,y1)
= 3 + (0.25)[3.(0.25)2 + 3]
= 3.7968
Next we have x2 = x1 + h = 0.25 + 0.25 = 0.5
When x = x2, y ~ y2
 y = 3.7968 when x = 0.5.
27|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
dy y−x
8. Solve first order differential equation = , y(0) = 1 and
dx y+x
estimate y(0.1) using Euler’s method (5 steps).h=0.02
Ans: 1.0928
dy
9. Use Euler’s method to find approximate value of solution of
dx
= y-x + 5 at x = 2-1 and 2-2with initial contention y(0.2) = 1
3.7 Modified Euler’s method
( i −1)
It is given by y (i )k +1 = yk + h / 2 f ( xk , yk ) + f ( xk +1 ,1)k +1  , i = 1, 2....., ki = 0,1.....
 
Working rule :
i)Modified Euler’s method
( i −1)
y (i )k +1 = yk + h / 2 f ( xk , yk ) + f ( xk +1 ,1)k +1  , i = 1, 2....., ki = 0,1.....
 
ii) When i = 1 y 0 k +1 can be calculated from Euler’s method
iii) K=0, 1……… gives number of iteration. i = 1, 2...
gives number of times, a particular iteration k is repeated

Suppose consider dy/dx=f(x, y) -------- (1) with y(x0) =y0----------- (2)
To find y(x1) =y1 at x=x1=x0+h
Now take k=0 in modified Euler’s method
( )
We get y1(1) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 , y0 ) + f x1 , y1(i −1)  ……………………… (3)
 
Taking i=1, 2, 3...k+1 in eqn (3), we get
y1( ) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 , y0 )  (By Euler’s method)
0
(
y1(1) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 , y0 ) + f x1 , y1( 0) 
 )
(
y1( 2) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 , y0 ) + f x1 , y1(1) 
 )
------------------------
( )
y1( k +1) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 , y0 ) + f x1 , y1( k ) 
 
If two successive values of y1( k ) , y1( k +1) are sufficiently close to one
another, we will take the common value as y2 = y ( x2 ) = y ( x1 + h )
28|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
We use the above procedure again
1) using modified Euler’s method find the approximate value of x
when x = 0.3 given that dy / dx = x + y and y ( 0 ) = 1
sol: Given dy / dx = x + y and y ( 0 ) = 1
Here f ( x, y ) = x + y, x0 = 0, and y0 = 1
Take h = 0.1 which is sufficiently small

Here x0 = 0, x1 = x0 + h = 0.1, x2 = x1 + h = 0.2, x3 = x2 + h = 0.3
The formula for modified Euler’s method is given by
( )
yk +1(i ) = yk + h / 2  f ( xk + yk ) + f xk +1 , yk +1(i −1)  → (1)
 
Step1: To find y1= y(x1) = y (0.1)

Taking k = 0 in eqn(1)
( )
yk +1(i ) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 + y0 ) + f x1 , y1(i −1)  → ( 2 )
 
when i = 1 in eqn (2)
(
y1(i ) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 , y0 ) + f x1 , y1( 0) 
  )
(0)
First apply Euler’s method to calculate y = y1
1
 y1( 0) = y0 + h f ( x0 , y0 )
= 1+(0.1)f(0.1)
= 1+(0.1)
= 1.10
now  x0 = 0, y0 = 1, x1 = 0.1, y1 ( 0 ) = 1.10 
(
 y1(1) = y0 + 0.1/ 2  f ( x0 , y0 ) + f x1 , y1( 0) 
 )
= 1+0.1/2[f(0,1) + f(0.1,1.10)
= 1+0.1/2[(0+1)+(0.1+1.10)]
= 1.11
When i=2 in eqn (2)
(
y1( 2) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 , y0 ) + f x1 , y1(1) 
  )
29|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
= 1+0.1/2[f(0.1)+f(0.1,1.11)]
= 1 + 0.1/2[(0+1)+(0.1+1.11)]
= 1.1105
(
y1(3) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 , y0 ) + f x1 , y1( 2) 
  )
= 1+0.1/2[f(0,1)+f(0.1 , 1.1105)]
= 1+0.1/2[(0+1)+(0.1+1.1105)]
= 1.1105
Since y1( 2) = y1(3)
 y1 = 1.1105
Step:2 To find y2 = y(x2) = y(0.2)
Taking k = 1 in eqn (1) , we get
 (  )
y2(i ) = y1 + h / 2  f ( x1 , y1 ) + f x2 , y2( i −1)  → ( 3) i = 1,2,3,4,…..
For i = 1
(
y2(1) = y1 + h / 2  f ( x1 , y1 ) + f x2 , y2( 0) 
  )
y2( ) is to be calculate from Euler’s method
0
y2( ) = y1 + h f ( x1 , y1 )
0
= 1.1105 + (0.1) f(0.1 , 1.1105)

= 1.1105+(0.1)[0.1+1.1105]
= 1.2316
= 1.1105 + 0.1/ 2  f ( 0.1,1.1105 ) + f ( 0.2,1.2316 ) 

(1)
 y 2
= 1.1105 +0.1/2[0.1+1.1105+0.2+1.2316]
= 1.2426
(
y2( 2) = y1 + h / 2  f ( x1 , y1 ) + f x2 y2(1) 
 )
= 1.1105 + 0.1/2[f(0.1 , 1.1105) , f(0.2 . 1.2426)]
= 1.1105 + 0.1/2[1.2105 + 1.4426]

30|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
= 1.1105 + 0.1(1.3266)
= 1.2432
( )
y2(3) = y1 + h / 2  f ( x1 , y1 ) + f x2 y2( 2) 
 
= 1.1105+0.1/2[f(0.1,1.1105)+f(0.2 , 1.2432)]
= 1.1105+0.1/2[1.2105+1.4432)]
= 1.1105 + 0.1(1.3268)
= 1.2432
Since y2(3) = y2(3)
Hence y2 = 1.2432
Step:3
To find y3 = y(x3) = y y(0.3)
Taking k =2 in eqn (1) we get
( )
y3(1) = y2 + h / 2  f ( x2 , y2 ) + f x3 , y3(i −1)  → ( 4 )
 
For i = 1 ,
( )
y3(1) = y2 + h / 2  f ( x2 , y2 ) + f x3 , y3( 0) 
 
y3(
0)
is to be evaluated from Euler’s method .
y3( ) = y2 + h f ( x2 , y2 )
0
= 1.2432 +(0.1) f(0.2 , 1.2432)
= 1.2432+(0.1)(1.4432)
= 1.3875
 y3(1) = 1.2432+0.1/2[f(0.2 , 1.2432)+f(0.3, 1.3875)]
= 1.2432 + 0.1/2[1.4432+1.6875]
31|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
= 1.2432+0.1(1.5654)
= 1.3997
( )
y3( 2) = y2 + h / 2  f ( x2 , y2 ) + f x3 , y3(1) 
 
= 1.2432+0.1/2[1.4432+(0.3+1.3997)]
= 1.2432+ (0.1) (1.575)
= 1.4003
( )
y3(3) = y2 + h / 2  f ( x2 , y2 ) + f x3 , y3( 2) 
 
= 1.2432+0.1/2[f(0.2 , 1.2432)+f(0.3 , 1.4003)]
= 1.2432 + 0.1(1.5718)
= 1.4004
( )
y3( 4) = y2 + h / 2  f ( x2 , y2 ) + f x3 , y3(3) 
 
= 1.2432 + 0.1/2[1.4432+1.7004]
= 1.2432+(0.1)(1.5718)
= 1.4004
Since y3(3) = y3( 4)
Hence y3 = 1.4004  The value of y at x = 0.3 is 1.4004
dy
2 . Find the solution of = x-y , y(0)=1 at x =0.1 , 0.2 ,0.3 , 0.4 and 0.5
dx
. Using modified Euler’s method
dy
Sol . Given = x-y and y(0) = 1
dx
Here f(x,y) = x-y , x0 = 0 and y0 = 1
Consider h = 0.1 so that
x = 0.1 , x2 = 0.2 , x3 =0.3 , x4 = 0.4 and x5 = 0.5
The formula for modified Euler’s method is given by
32|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
yk +1( ) = yk + h / 2 f ( xk , yk ) + fxk +1 , yk +1( → (1)
i i −1)
Where k = 0,1, 2, 3,….. i = 1, 2, 3,…..

f ( xk , yk ) = xk − yk 1  f ( x , y ) + f x , y (i −1) 
2
k k (
k +1 k +1 )  ( )
yk +1(i ) = yk + h / 2  f ( xk , yk ) + f xk +1 , yk +1( i −1) 

x
K
=
0
0. 0-1=-1 - 1+(0.1)(-1)=0.9 = y1( 0)

0
0.1(i=1) 0-1=-1 1+(0.1)(-0.9)=0.91

½(-1-0.8) = -0.9
0.1(i=2) 0-1=-1 ½(-1-0.81)= -0.905 1+(0.1)(-0.905)=0.9095
0.1(i=3) 0-1=-1 ½(-1-0.80.95)= - 1+(0.1)(-

0.90475 0.90475)=0.9095
K=1
0.1 0.1-0.9095= - - 0.9095+(0.1)(-

0.8095 0.8095)=0.82855
0.2(i=1) -0.8095 0.9095+(0.1)(-

½(-0.8095-0.62855) 0.719025)=0.8376
0.2(i=2) -0.8095 ½(-0.8095-0.6376) 0.9095+(0.1)(-

0.72355)=0.8371
0.2(i=3) -0.8095 ½(-0.8095-0.6371) 0.9095+(0.1)(-
0.7233)=0.8372
0.2(i=4) -0.8095 ½(-0.8095- 0.9095+(0.1)(-
0.6372) 0.72355)=0.8371
K=2
0.2 0.2-0.8371=- - 0.8371+(0.1)(-

0.6371 0.6371)=0.7734
33|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
0.3(i=1) = -0.6371 ½(-0.6371- 0.8371+(0.1)(-
0.4734) 0.555)=0.7816
0.3(i=2) = -0.6371 ½(-0.6371- 0.8371-

0.4816) 0.056=0.7811
0.3(i=3) = -0.6371 ½(-0.6371- 0.8371-
0.4811) 0.05591=0.7812
0.3(i=4) = -0.6371 ½(-0.6371- 0.8371-0.055915

0.4812) = 0.7812
K =3
0.3(i=1) 0.3-0.7812 - 0.7812+(0.1)(-

0.4812) = 0.7331
0.4(i=1) -0.4812 ½(-0.4812- 0.7812-0.0457 =

0.4311) 0.7355
0.4(i=2) -0.4812 ½(-0.4812- 0.7812-0.0458 =

0.4355) 0.7354
0.4(i=3) -0.4812 ½(-0.4812- 0.7812-0.0458 =

0.4354) 0.7354
K=4
0.4 -0.3354 - 0.7354-0.03354 =

0.70186
0.5 -0.3354 ½(-0.3354- 0.7354-0.03186 =

0.301816) 0.7035
0.5 -0.3354 ½(-0.3354- 0.7354-0.0319 =

0.30354) 0.7035
3. Find y(0.1) and y(0.2) using modified Euler’s formula given that
dy/dx=x2-y,y(0)=1
[consider h=0.1,y1=0.90523,y2=0.8214]
4. Given dy / dx = − xy 2 , y ( 0 ) = 2 compute y(0.2) in steps of 0.1
Using modified Euler’s method
34|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
[h=0.1, y1=1.9804, y2=1.9238]
5. Given y1 = x+siny, y(0)=1 compute y(0.2) and y(0.4) with h=0.2 using
modified Euler’s
method
[y1=1.2046, y2=1.4644]
3.8 Runge – Kutta Methods
I. Second order R-K Formula
yi+1 = yi+1/2 (K1+K2),
Where K1 = h (xi, yi)
K2 = h (xi+h, yi+k1)
For i= 0,1,2-------
II. Third order R-K Formula
yi+1 = yi+1/6 (K1+4K2+ K3),
K2 = h (xi+h/2, y0+k1/2)
K3 = h (xi+h, yi+2k2-k1)
For i= 0,1,2-------
III. Fourth order R-K Formula
yi+1 = yi+1/6 (K1+2K2+ 2K3+K4),
K2 = h (xi+h/2, yi+k1/2)
K3 = h (xi+h/2, yi+k2/2)
For i= 0,1,2-------
35|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
dy
1. Using Runge-Kutta method of second order, find y ( 2.5 ) from =
dx
x+ y
x , y(2)=2 , h = 0.25 .
dy x+ y
Sol: Given = , y(2) = 2 .
dx x
x+ y
Here f(x, y) = , x0 = 0 , y0=2 and h = 0.25
x
 x1 = x0+h = 2+0.25 = 2.25 , x2 = x1+h =2.25+0.25 = 2.5
By R-K method of second order,
yi +1 = yi + 1/ 2 ( k1 + k2 ) , k1 − hf ( xi + h, yi + k1 ) , i = 0,1.... → (1)
Step -1:-
To find y(x1)i.e y(2.25) by second order R - K method taking i=0 in

eqn(i)
1
We have y1 = y0 + ( k1 + k2 )
2
Where k1= hf (x0,y0 ), k2= hf (x0+h,y0+k1)
f (x0,y0 )=f(2,2)=2+2/2=2
k1=hf (x0,y0 )=0.25(2)=0.5
k2= hf (x0+h,y0+k1)=(0.25)f(2.25,2.5)
=(0.25)(2.25+2.5/2.25)=0.528
 y1=y(2.25)=2+1/2(0.5+0.528)
=2.514
Step2:
To find y(x2) i.e., y(2.5)
i=1 in (1)
x1=2.25,y1=2.514,and h=0.25
36|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
y2=y1+1/2(k1+k2)
where k1=h f((x1,y1 )=(0.25)f(2.25,2.514)
=(0.25)[2.25+2.514/2.25]=0.5293
k2 = h f ( x0 + h, y0 + k1 ) = ( 0.1) f ( 0.1,1 − 0.1) = ( 0.1)( −0.9 ) = −0.09
=(0.25)[2.5+2.514+0.5293/2.5]
=0.55433
y2 = y (2.5)=2.514+1/2(0.5293+0.55433)
=3.0558
 y =3.0558 when x = 2.5
Obtain the values of y at x=0.1,0.2 using R-K method of
(i)second order (ii)third order (iii)fourth order for the diff eqn
y1+y=0,y(0)=1
Sol: Given dy/dx = -y, y(0)=1
f(x,y) = -y, x0 = 0, y0 = 1
Here f (x,y) = -y, x0 = 0, y0 = 1 take h = 0.1
 x1 = x0+h = 0.1,
x2 = x1+h = 0.2
Second order:
step1: To find y(x1) i.e y(0.1) or y1
by second-order R-K method,we have
y1 = y0+1/2(k1+k2)
where k1=hf(x0,y0)=(0.1) f(0,1) = (0.1)(-1)= - 0.1
k2= hf (x0+h, y0+k1)= (0.1) f (0.1, 1-0.1) = (0.1)(-0.9) = -0.09
y1=y(0.1)=1+1/2(-0.1-0.09)=1-0.095=0.905
37|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
 y =0.905 when x=0.1
Step2:
To find y2 i.e y(x2) i.e y(0.2)
Here x1 = 0.1, y1 = 0.905 and h=0.1
By second-order R-K method, we have
y2 = y(x2)= y1+1/2(k1+k2)
Where k1 = h f ( x1 , y1 ) =(0.1)f(0.1,0.905)=(0.1)(-0.905)=-0.0905
k2 = h f ( x1 + h, y1 + k1 ) = ( 0.1) f ( 0.2, 0.905 − 0.0905 )

= ( 0.1) f ( 0.2, 0.8145 ) = ( 0.1)( −0.8145)
= −0.08145
y2 = y(0.2)=0.905+1/2(-0.0905-0.08145)
= 0.905- 0.085975 = 0819025
Third order
Step1:
To find y1 i.e y(x1)= y(0.1)
By Third order Runge kutta method
y1 = y0 + 1/ 6 ( k1 + 4k2 + k3 )
where k1 = h f(x0, y0) = (0.1) f (0.1) = (0.1) (-1) = -0.1
k2 = h f ( x0 + h / 2, y0 + k1 / 2 ) = ( 0.1) f ( 0.1/ 2,1 − 0.1/ 2 ) = ( 0.1) f ( 0.05, 0.95 )

= ( 0.1)( −0.95) = −0.095
and k3 = h f((x0+h,y0+2k2-k1)
(0.1) f (0.1,1+2(-0.095)+0.1)= -0.905
Hence y1 = 1+1/6(-0.1+4(-0.095)-0.09) = 1+1/6 (-0.57) = 0.905
y1=0.905 i.e y(0.1)= 0.905
38|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
Step2:
To find y2,i.e y(x2)= y(0.2)
Here x1=0.1,y1=0.905 and h = 0.1
Again by 2nd order R-K method
y2 = y1+1/6(k1+4k2+k3)
Where k1=h f(x1, y1) = (0.1)f (0.1,0.905)= -0.0905
k2 = h f (x1+h/2,y1+k1/2)=(0.1)f(0.1+0.2,0.905 - 0.0905)= -(0.1) f (0.15,

0.85975)= (0.1) (-0.85975)
and k3 = h f((x1+h,y1+2k2-k1)=(0.1)f(0.2,0.905+2(0.08975)+0.0905= -
0.082355
hence y2 = 0.905+1/6(-0.0905+4(-0.085975)-0.082355)=0.818874
 y = 0.905 when x = 0.1
And y =0.818874 when x =0.2
fourth order:
step1:
x0=0,y0=1,h=0.1 To find y1 i.e y(x1)=y(0.1)

By 4th order R-K method, we have
y1 = y0+1/6(k1+2k2+2k3+k4)
Where k1=h f(x0,y0)=(0.1)f(0.1)= -0.1
k2= h f (x0+h/2, y0+k1/2) = -0.095
and k3= h f((x0+h/2,y0+k2/2)=(0.1)f (0.1/2,1-0.095/2)
= (0.1)f(0.05,0.9525)
= -0.09525
and k4= h f(x0+h,y0+k3)
= (0.1) f(0.1,1-0.09525)=(0.1)f(0.1,0.90475)
=-0.090475
Hence y1=1+1/6(-0.1)+2(-0.095)+2(0.09525)-0.090475)
39|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
=1+1/6(-0.570975)+1-0.951625 = 0.9048375
Step2:
To find y2 , i.e., y ( x2 ) = y ( 0.2 ) , y1 = 0.9048375, i.e., y ( 0.1) = 0.9048375
Here x1 = 0.1, y1=0.9048375 and h = 0.1
Again by 4th order R-K method, we have
y2 = y1+1/6(k1+2k2+2k3+k4)
Where k1=h f(x1,y1)=(0.1)f(0.1,0.9048375)=-0.09048375
k2= hf (x1+h/2,y1+k1/2)=(0.1)f(0.1+0.1/2,0.9048375 -0.09048375 /2)=-

0.08595956
and k3=hf(x1+h/2, y1+k2/2)=(0.1)f(0.15,0. 8618577)= -0.08618577
k4 =h f(x1+h,y1+k3)=(0.1)f(0.2,0.86517)
= -0.08186517
Hence y2 = 0.09048375+1/6(-0.09048375-2(0.08595956)-2(0.08618577)-
0.08186517
=0.9048375-0.0861065
=0.818731
y = 0.9048375 when x =0.1 and y =0.818731
3. Apply the 4th order R-K method to find an approximate value of y

when x=1.2 in steps of 0.1,given that y1 = x2+y2,y (1)=1.5
sol. Given y1= x2+y2,and y(1)=1.5
Here f(x,y)= x2+y2, y0 =1.5 and x0=1,h=0.1
So that x1=1.1 and x2=1.2
Step1:
To find y1 i.e., y(x1)
by 4th order R-K method we have
40|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
y1=y0+1/6 (k1+2k2+2k3+k4)
k1=hf(x0,y0)=(0.1)f(1,1.5)=(0.1) [12+(1.5)2]=0.325
k2= hf (x0+h/2,y0+k1/2)=(0.1)f(1+0.05,1.5+0.325)=0.3866
and k3=hf((x0+h/2,y0+k2/2)=(0.1)f(1.05,1.5+0.
3866/2)=(0.1)[(1.05)2+(1.6933)2]
=0.39698
k4=hf(x0+h,y0+k3)=(0.1)f(1.0,1.89698)
=0.48085
Hence
1
y1 = 1.5 + 0.325 + 2 ( 0.3866 ) + 2 ( 0.39698 ) + 0.48085
6
= 1.8955
Step2:
To find y2, i.e., y ( x2 ) = y (1.2 )
Here x1=0.1,y1=1.8955 and h=0.1
by 4th order R-K method we have
y2 = y1+1/6(k1+2k2+2k3+k4)
k1=hf(x1,y1)=(0.1)f(0.1,1.8955)=(0.1) [12+(1.8955)2]=0.48029
k2= hf (x1+h/2,y1+k1/2)=(0.1)f(1.1+0.1,1.8937+0.4796) =0.58834
and k3=hf((x1+h/2,y1+k2/2)=(0.1)f(1.5,1.8937+0.58743)
=(0.1)[(1.05)2+(1.6933)2]
=0.611715
k4=hf(x1+h,y1+k3)=(0.1)f(1.2,1.8937+0.610728)
=0.77261
Hence y2=1.8937+1/6(0.4796+2(0.58834)+2(0.611715)+0.7726) =2.5043
41|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
 y =2.5043 where x = 0.2
4. Using R-K method, find y(0.2) for the eqn dy/dx=y-x,y(0)=1,take

h=0.2
Ans:1.15607
5.Given that y1=y-x,y(0)=2 find y(0.2) using R- K method take h=0.1
Ans: 2.4214
6. Apply the 4th order R-K method to find y ( 0.2 ) and y ( 0.4 ) for one
dy
equation 10 = x 2 + y 2 , y ( 0 ) = 1 take h = 0.1 Ans. 1.0207, 1.038
dx
7. using R-K method, estimate y(0.2) and y(0.4) for the eqn dy/dx=y2-
x2/ y2+x2,y(0)=1,h=0.2
Ans:1.19598,1.3751
8. use R-K method, to approximate y when x=0.2 given that

y1=x+y,y(0)=1
Sol: Here f(x,y)=x+y,y0=1,x0=0
Since h is not given for better approximation of y
Take h=0.1
 x1=0.1, x2=0.2
Step1
To find y1 i.e y(x1)=y(0.1)
By R-K method,we have
y1=y0+1/6 (k1+2k2+2k3+k4)
Where k1=hf(x0,y0)=(0.1)f(0,1)=(0.1) (1)=0.1
k2= hf (x0+h/2,y0+k1/2)=(0.1)f(0.05,1.05)=0.11
42|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
and k3=hf((x0+h/2,y0+k2/2)=(0.1)f(0.05,1+0. 11/2)=(0.1)[(0.05)
+(4.0.11/2)]
=0.1105
k4=h f (x0+h,y0+k3)=(0.1)f(0.1,1.1105)=(0.1)[0.1+1.1105]
=0.12105
1
Hence  y1 = y ( 0.1) = 1 + ( 0.1 + 0.22 + 0.240 + 0.12105)
6
y = 1.11034
Step2:
To find y2 i.e y(x2) = y(0.2)
Here x1=0-1, y1=1.11034 and h=0.1
Again By R-K method,we have
y2=y1+1/6(k1+2k2+2k3+k4)
k1=h f(x1,y1)=(0.1)f(0.1,1.11034)=(0.1) [1.21034]=0.121034
k2= h f (x1+h/2, y1+k1/2)=(0.1)f(0.1+0.1/2,1.11034+0.121034/2)
=0.1320857
and k3=h f((x1+h/2,y1+k2/2)=(0.1)f(0.15,1.11034+0.1320857/2)
=0.1326382
k4=h f(x1+h,y1+k3)=(0.1)f(0.2,1.11034+0.1326382)
(0.1)(0.2+1.2429783)=0.1442978
Hence y2=1.11034+1/6(0.121034+0.2641714+0.2652764+0.1442978
=1.11034+0.1324631 =1.242803
 y =1.242803 when x=0.2
9.Using Runge-kutta method of order 4,compute y(1.1) for the eqn

y1=3x+y2,y(1)=1.2 h = 0.05
43|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
Ans:1.7278
10. Using Runge-kutta method of order 4,compute y(2.5) for the eqn
dy/dx = x+y/x, y(2)=2 [hint h = 0.25(2 steps)]
Ans:3.058
9. Practice Quiz
xn
1. The trapezoidal rule is  ydx =

x0
[a ]
a)
h
y 0 + 2( y1 + y 2 + − − − − + y n −1 ) + y n 
2
b) hy 0 + 2( y1 + y 2 + − − − = y n −1 ) + y n 
c)
h
y 0 + ( y1 + y 2 + − − − − − + y n −1 ) + y n 
2
d) hy 0 + 3( y1 + y 2 + − − − − − + y n −1 ) + y n 
2. To apply Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rules both the interval must be
divided into minimum of _________ intervals. [c ]
a) 10
b) 12
c) 6
d) 4
3. Simpson’s 1/3 rule for n = 2 is [a ]
a) y =
h
y0 + 4 y1 + y 2 
3
b) y =
3h
y0 + 4 y1 + y 2 
8
c) y =
4
y0 + 2 y1 + y 2 
3
44|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
d) y =
3h
y0 + 2 y1 + y 2 
8
4
1
4. To evaluate 1+ x
0
2
dx for h = 1, we take n = [c]
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
1
5. In the case of Simpson’s rule, the number of sub-intervals must be
3
[b ]
a) Small
b) Even
c) Odd
d) Larger
9
6. In Trapezoidal rule, if the interval of  f ( x ) dx is divided into 7 equal
2
sub-intervals, then h is ………… [c ]
a) 2
b) ½
c) 1
d) 3/2
7. The Taylor’s series for f(x) = log(1 + x) is [b]
x2 x3 x4
a) x + + + + ................
2 3 4
x2 x3 x4
b) x − + − + ................
2 3 4
45|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
x2 x3 x4
c) x + x + + + + ................
2 3 4
d) x − x 2 + x 3 − x 4 + .......... ......
dy
8. If = x + y , y = 1 at x = 1 , using picard method the first
dx
approximation is [ b ]
a) 1 + x
x2
b) 1 + x +
2
c) 1 − x − x
2
d) none.
9. R. K method 2nd order formula for y1 = [a ]
1
a) y = y 0 + ( K1 + K 2 )
2
K1 + K 2
b) y1 =
2
1
c) y1 = y 0 − ( K1 + K 2 )
2
d) none
10. The first order Range-Kutta method is equal to______ [a ]
a) Taylors series
b) Eulers method
c) Picards
d) none
46|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
10. Assignments
S.No Question BL CO
𝜋
Solve ∫0 𝑡 sin 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 using the Trapezodial rule
1 3 3
1
2 Evaluate ∫0 √1 + x 4 dx using Simpson’s 3/8 rule 5 3
Solve y1= x2 – y, y(0) = 1 using Taylor’s series method and evaluate
3 3 3
y(0.1),y(0.2),y(0.3) and y(0.4) (correct to 4 decimal places)
dy
Find the solution of = x-y , y(0)=1 at x =0.1 , 0.2 ,0.3 , 0.4 and 0.5 .
4 dx 1 3
Using modified Euler’s method
Apply the 4th order R-K method to find an approximate value of y
5 3 3
when x=1.2 in steps of 0.1,given that y1 = x2+y2,y (1)=1.5

S.N B C
Question& Answers
o L O
State Trapezoida rule
𝑥𝑛
ℎ
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(𝑦 + 𝑦𝑛 ) + 2(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦3 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−1 )]
2 0
𝑥0
1 3
𝑥𝑛 ℎ 1
∫𝑥0 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 2 [𝑆𝑢𝑚 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 +
2 × 𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠]
State Simpson’s 1/3 rule

𝑥𝑛
ℎ
2 ∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(𝑦 + 𝑦𝑛 ) + 4(𝑦1 + 𝑦3 + 𝑦5 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−1 ) 1 3
3 0
𝑥0
+ 2(𝑦2 + 𝑦4 + 𝑦6 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−2 )]
State Simpson’s 3/8 rule
𝑥𝑛
3ℎ
∫ 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = [(𝑦0 + 𝑦𝑛 )
3 8 1 3
𝑥0
+ 3(𝑦1 + 𝑦2 + 𝑦4 + 𝑦5 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−1 )
+ 2(𝑦3 + 𝑦6 + 𝑦9 + ⋯ ⋯ + 𝑦𝑛−2 )]
State Taylor’s series formula
4 x2 xn n 1 3
 
y ( x) = y (0) + x. y (0) + y (0) + ...... + y (0) + ........
2! n!
5 Explain modified Euler’s method 5 3
47|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
Modified Euler’s method
( i −1)
y (i )k +1 = yk + h / 2 f ( xk , yk ) + f ( xk +1 ,1)k +1  , i = 1, 2....., ki = 0,1.....
 
ii) When i = 1 y k +1 can be calculated from Euler’s

0
method
iii) K=0, 1……… gives number of iteration. i = 1, 2...
gives number of times, a particular iteration k is

repeated
Suppose consider dy/dx=f(x, y) -------- (1) with y(x0) =y0-
---------- (2)
To find y(x1) =y1 at x=x1=x0+h
Now take k=0 in modified Euler’s method
(
We get y1(1) = y0 + h / 2  f ( x0 , y0 ) + f x1 , y1(i −1) 
  )
State Euler’s formula
It is the simplest one-step method and it is less
accurate. Hence it has a limited application.
dy
Consider the differential equation = f(x,y) →(1)
dx
6 1 3
With y(x0) = y0→(2)
yn+1 = yn + h f(xn,yn)
This is known as Euler’s Method
State R-K method 4th order formula
yi+1 = yi+1/6 (K1+2K2+ 2K3+K4),

7 1 3
K2 = h (xi+h/2, yi+k1/2)
K3 = h (xi+h/2, yi+k2/2)
Explain Picard’s method
8
C
dy
consider the differential equation = f(x, y) 5 3
dx
48|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
Given that y = y0 for x = x0
x
Then y (n) = y0 + ∫x n f(x, y (n−1) ) dx, n = 1, 2, 3, ⋯
0
dy
Solve the equation = x 2 + y 2 for x = 0.4 given that
dx
y = 0 when x = 0 by Taylor’s series method
dy
Sol: Given that = x 2 + y 2 and y = 0 when x = 0 i.e.
dx
y (0) = 0
Here y0 = 0 , x0 = 0
Differentiating repeatedly w.r.t ‘x’ and

evaluating at x = 0
y( x) = x 2 + y 2 , y(0) = 0 + y 2 (0) = 0 + 0 = 0
y( x) = 2 x + y.2 y, y (0) = 2(0) + y (0)2. y = 0
y( x) = 2 + 2 yy + 2 y. y, y(0) = 2 + 2. y (0). y(0) + 2. y(0) 2 = 2
9 3 3
y( x) = 2. y. y + 2. y. y + 4. y. y, y(0) = 0
x2 x3 x4
y ( x) = y (0) + xy(0) + y(0) + y(0) + y(0) + ...
2! 3! 4!
Substituting the values of y (0), y(0), y(0),.....
2 x3 x3
y ( x) = 0 + x(0) + 0 + + 0 + ........ = + (Higher order
3! 3
terms are neglected)
(0.4)3 0.064
 y (0.4) = = = 0.02133
3 3
Solve Find the value of y at x=0.1 by Picard’s method,

given that
= 𝑦+𝑥 , 𝑦(0) = 1
𝑑𝑥
10 3 3
Sol: Given 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑦+𝑥 , 𝑦(0) = 1
x
By Picard’s method y (n) = y0 + ∫x n f(x, y (n−1) ) dx = y0 +
0
49|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
x 𝑦−𝑥
∫0 dx
𝑦+𝑥

x x
1−𝑥 2
y (1) = 1 + ∫ dx = 1 + ∫ −1 + dx
0 1+𝑥 0 1+𝑥
y (1) = 1 + [−x + 2log(1 + x)]x0
y (1) = 1 − x + 2log(1 + x)
Second approximation is y (2) = 1 +

x 1−x+2log(1+x)−x
∫0 dx
1−x+2log(1+x)+x
Which is very difficult to integrate
Hence we use the first approximation itself a s the

value of y
∴ y(x) = y (1) = 1 − x + 2log(1 + x)
Put x=0.1, we get
y(0.1) = 1 − 0.1 + 2log(1 + 0.1) = 1.0906

S.No Question BL CO
𝜋
Solve ∫0 𝑡 sin 𝑡 𝑑𝑡 using the Trapezodial rule
1 3 3
6 1
2 Evaluate ∫0 dx by Simpson’s 1/3 rule 5 3
1+x
1
3 Evaluate ∫0 √1 + x 4 dx using Simpson’s 3/8 rule 5 3
Solve y = x − y , y (0) = 1 using Taylor’s series

2
4 3 3
method and compute y(0.1),y(0.2)
Determine y(0.1),using Euler’s method. Given
5 dy 5 3
that = xy ,y(0) = 1, h =0.1
dx
6 Find the value of y for x=0.4 by Picard’s 1 3
50|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
𝑑𝑦
method, given that 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 , 𝑦(0) = 0.
dy
Find the solution of = x-y , y(0)=1 at x =0.1 ,
dx
7 0.2 ,0.3 , 0.4 and 0.5 . Using modified Euler’s 1 3
method
dy y−x
Solve first order differential equation = ,
dx y+x
8 3 3
y(0) = 1 and estimate y(0.1) using Euler’s method
(5 steps).h=0.02
Apply the 4th order R-K method to find an

9 approximate value of y when x=1.2 in steps of 4 3
0.1,given that y1 = x2+y2,y (1)=1.5
A Apply the 4th order R-K method to find (0.2) & (0.4)
10 dy 4 3
for 10 = x 2 + y 2 , y ( 0 ) = 1 take h = 0.1
dx


• Application of Numerical methods as a way of
transforming linear equations and differential equations

51|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
Text Books:
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna
Publishers, 2017.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley
& Sons, 2011.
3. Ronald E. Walpole “Probability and Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists”, PNIE
Reference Books:
1. B.V.Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Mc Graw Hill
publishers.
52|N M P T - U N I T - I I I
COURSE MATERIAL

UNIT IV
COURSE II B. TECH
SEMESTER 2-2

(Faculty Name/s)
BTECH_EEE/ME-SEM 22
TABLE OF CONTENTS – UNIT IV
S. NO CONTENTS PAGE
2 PREREQUISITES 1
3 SYLLABUS 1
4 COURSE OUTCOMES 1
6 LESSON PLAN 2
8 LECTURE NOTES
4.1 Introduction and Basic concepts of Probability 3
4.2 Axiomatic Definition 6
4.3 Addition theorem on Probability 14
4.4 Conditional probability 17
4.5 Multiplication law of Probability 17
4.6 Bayes Theorem 23
4.7 Random Variables 30
9 PRACTICE QUIZ 36
10 ASSIGNMENTS 38
BTECH_EEE/ME-SEM 22
This course aims at providing the student with the knowledge on

• Various numerical methods for solving equations, interpolating the polynomials,
evaluation of integral equations and solution of differential equations.
2. PREREQUISITES
• Basic Mathematics & Calculus
• Permutations and combinations
3. SYLLABUS
UNIT IV: Probability theory
Probability, probability axioms, addition law and multiplicative law of probability,
conditional probability, Baye’s theorem, random variables (discrete and continuous),
probability density functions, properties, mathematical expectation.
4. COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations
4. Apply Probability theory to find the chances of happening of events.
5. Understand various probability distributions and calculate their statistical constants.
CO1 3 3
CO2 3 3
CO3 3 3
CO4 3 3
CO5 3 3
1|NMPT-UNIT-IV
BTECH_EEE/ME – SEM22
6. LESSON PLAN
Lecture
Weeks Topics to be covered References
No.
1 Introduction of Probability and its basic terms T1, R1
2 Axioms of probability T1, R1

1
3 Problems on Probability T1, R1
4 Addition law & Problems T1, R1
5 Multiplication Law T1, R1
6 Conditional Probability and problems T1, R1

2
7 Bayes Theorem and problems T1, R1
8 Problems on Bayes theorem T1, R1
T1, R1
9 Introduction of Random Variables
Discrete Random Variables and Probability density

10 T1, R1
3 function
T1, R1
11 Mathematical Expectation and variance
T1, R1
12 Problems on Discrete Random Variables
13 Properties of Random variables T1, R1

4
14 Continuous Random Variables and problems T1, R1
1.Probability game on Cards

2.Probability game on dice
2|NMPT-UNIT-IV
8. LECTURE NOTES
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Suppose a coin is tossed. The toss may result in the occurrence of 'Head' or in the
occurrence of 'Tail'. Here, the chances of head and tail are equal. In other words, the
probability of occurrence of head is ½ and the probability of occurrence of tail is ½
Thus, Probability is a numerical measure which indicates the chance of occurrence.
RANDOM EXPERIMENT:
There are two types of experiments. They are
(i) Deterministic experiment and

(ii) Random experiment.
A deterministic experiment, when repeated under the same conditions, results in the
same outcome. It has a unique outcome.
Random experiment is an experiment which may not result in the same outcome when
repeated under the same conditions. It is an experiment which does not have a unique
outcome.
For example:
1. The experiment of 'Toss of a coin' is a random experiment. It is so because when a

coin is tossed the result may be 'Head' or it may be 'Tail'.
2. The experiment of 'Drawing a card randomly from a pack of playing cards' is a

random experiment. Here, the result of the draw may be any one of the 52 cards.
SAMPLE SPACE
The set of all possible outcomes of a random experiment is the Sample space.
The sample space is denoted by S. The outcomes of the random experiment (elements
of the sample space) are called sample points or outcomes or cases.
A sample space with finite number of outcomes is a finite sample space. A sample
space with infinite number of outcomes is an infinite sample space.
3|NMPT-UNIT-IV
Ex1. While throwing a die, the sample space is
S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}. This is a finite sample space.
Ex2. While tossing two coins simultaneously, the sample space is
S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}. This is a finite sample space.
Ex3. Consider the toss of a coin successively until a head is obtained. Let the number
of tosses be noted. Here, the sample space is
S= {1, 2, 3,4....} This is an infinite sample space
EVENT:
Even is a subnet of the sample space. Events are denoted by A, B, C etc.
• An event which does not contains any outcome is a null event (impossible event).
It is denoted by Φ.
• An event which has only one outcome is an ELEMENTARY EVENT OR SIMPLEEVENT.
• An event which has more than outcome is a compound event.
• An event which contains all the outcomes is equal to the sample and it is called
sure event or certain event.
Ex.1. While throwing a die, A= {2,4,6} is an event. It is the event that the throw results in
an even number. Here, A is a compound event.
Ex.2. While tossing two coins, A={TT} is an event. It is the event that the toss results in
two tails. Here, A is a simple event.
The outcomes which belong to an event are said to be favourable to that event. The
event happens whenever the experiment results in a favourable outcome. Otherwise,
the event does not happen
While throwing a die, the event A = {2,4,6} has three favourable outcomes, namely,
2,4 and 6. Where the throw results in 2,4 or 6, event A occurs.
COMPLEMENT OF AN EVENT:
Let A be an event. Then, Complement of A is the event of non-occurrence of A. It
is the event constituted by the outcomes which are not favourable to A. The
complement of A is denoted by A or Ā or Ac.
4|NMPT-UNIT-IV
While throwing a die, If A = {2,4,6}, its complement is A = {1,3,5}. Here, A is the
event that throw result in an even number. A is the event that throw does not result in
an even number. That is, A is the event that throw result in an odd number.
EQUALLY LIKELY EVENTS (Equiprobable events)

Two or more events are equally likely if they have equal chance of occurrence.
That is, equally likely events are such that none of them has greater chance of
occurrence than the others.
Ex. 1. While tossing a fair coin, the outcomes 'Head' and 'Tail' are equally likely.
Ex.2. While throwing a fair die, the events A= {2,4,6}, B = {1,3, 5} &C= {1,2, 3} are
equally likely.
A sample space is called an equiprobable space if the outcomes are equally
likely. For instance, the sample space S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} of throw of a fair die is
equiprobable space because the six outcomes are equally likely.
MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE EVENTS (Disjoint events)

Two or more events are mutually exclusive if only one of them can occur at a
time. That is, the occurrence of any of these events totally excludes the occurrence of
the other events. Mutually exclusive events cannot occur together.
Ex. 1. While tossing a coin, the outcomes 'Head1 and 'Tail' are mutually exclusive
because when the coin is tossed once, the result cannot be Head as well as Tail.
Ex.2. While throwing a die, the events A = {2, 4, 6}, B= {3,5} and C = {1} are mutually
exclusive.
If A is an event, A and A' are mutually exclusive. It should be noted that intersection of
mutually exclusive events is a null event.
EXHAUSTIVE EVENTS (Exhaustive set of events)

A set of events is exhaustive if one" or the other of the events in the set occurs whenever
the experiment is conducted.
That is, the set of events exhausts all the outcomes of the experiment
The union of exhaustive events is equal to the sample space.
5|NMPT-UNIT-IV
Ex.1. While throwing a die, the six outcomes together are exhaustive. But here, if any
one of these outcomes is left out, the remaining five outcomes are not exhaustive.
Ex.2. While throwing a die, events A = {2,4, 6}, B = {3, 6} and C = {1,5,6} together are
exhaustive.
CLASSICAL DEFINITION:
Let a random experiment have ‘n’ equally likely, mutually exclusive and
exhaustive outcomes. Let ‘m’ of these outcomes be favorable to an event A. Then,
probability of A is —
Number of favourable outcomes m
P(A) = =
Total number of outcomes n
Limitations of classical definition:
This definition is applicable only when
(i) The outcomes are equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive.
(ii) The number of outcomes n is finite.
4.2 THE AXIOMATIC APPROACH
Consider a random experiment with sample space S. Associated with this random
experiment, many events can be defined. Let for every event A, a real number P(A) be
assigned. Then, P(A) is the probability of event A, if the following axioms are satisfied.
Axiom 1: P(A) ≥ 0
Axiom 2: P(S) = 1, S being the sure event or Sample space.
Axiom 3: For two mutually exclusive events A and B,
P(A∪B) = P(A) + P(B)
Note that the third axiom can be generalised for any number of mutually exclusive
events.
6|NMPT-UNIT-IV
RESULT 1:
P(A) is a value between 0 and 1. That is, 0 < P(A) < 1.
Proof:
Let a random experiment have ‘n’ equally likely, mutually exclusive and
exhaustive outcomes. Let ‘m’ of these outcomes be favourable to event A.
m
Then P(A) = = n
Here, the least possible value of m is 0. Also, the highest possible value of m is n.
And so, 0  m  n.
0 𝑚 𝑛
≤ ≤𝑛
𝑛 𝑛
⇒ 0 ≤ 𝑝(𝐴) ≤ 1
Thus, P(A) is a value between 0 and 1.
RESULT 2:
P(A') = 1 - P(A). That is, P(A) = 1 - P(A').
Proof:
In a random experiment with n equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive
outcomes, if m outcomes are favourable to event A, the remaining (n-m) outcomes
are favourable to the complementary event A'. Therefore,
𝑛−𝑚 𝑛 𝑚
P(A1) = =𝑛− = 1 − 𝑃(𝐴)
𝑛 𝑛
Thus, P(A') = 1 - P(A). That is, P(A) = 1 - P(A').
1. Find the probability that a throw of an unbiased die results in
(i) an One (ii) an even number (iii) a multiple of 3.
Sol: The sample space is S = {1,2,3,4,5,6]. There is n = 6 equally likely, mutually

exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let events A, Band C be—
A: throw results in an ace (number 1)
B: throw results in an even number
C: throw results in a multiple of 3
(i) Event A has one favourable outcome.
∴P[ace] = P(A)= m/n = 1/6
7|NMPT-UNIT-IV
(ii) Event B has 3 favourable outcomes, namely, 2, 4 and 6.
∴P [even number] = P(B) = m/n = 3/6= ½
(iii) Event C has 2 favourable outcomes, namely, 3 and 6
P [multiple of 3] = P(C)= m/n = 2/6 = 1/3
2. A bag contains 3 white, 4 red and 2 green balls. One ball is selected at random
from the bag. Find the probability that the selected ball is
(i) white (ii) non-white (iii) white or green.
Sol: The bag totally has 9 balls. Since the ball drawn can be any one of them, there
are 9 equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let events A, B
and C be
A: selected ball is white
B: selected ball is non-white
C: selected ball is white or green
(i) There are 3 white balls in the bag. Therefore, out of the 9 outcomes, 3 are
favourable to event A.
∴P [white ball] = P(A) = 3/9 = 1/3
(ii) Event B is the complement of event A. Therefore,
∴ P (non-white ball) = P(B) = 1 - P(A) = 1 – 1/3 = 2/3
(iii) There are 3 white and 2 green balls in the bag. Therefore, out of 9 outcomes, 5
are either white or green.
∴ P [white or green ball] = P(C) = 5/9
3. One card is drawn from a well-shuffled pack of playing cards. Find the probability
that the card drawn (i) is a Heart (ii) is a King (iii) belongs to red suit (iv) is a King or a
Queen (v) is a King or a Heart.
Sol:
A pack of playing cards has 52 cards. There are four suits, namely, Spade, Club, Heart
and Diamond (Dice). In each suit, there are thirteen denominations - Ace (1), 2, 3, 10,
Jack (Knave), Queen and King.
8|NMPT-UNIT-IV
A card selected at random may be any one of the 52 cards. Therefore, there are 52
equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let events A, B, C, D and
E be —
A: selected card is a Heart
B: selected card is a King
C: selected card belongs to a red suit.
D: selected card is a King or a Queen
E: selected card is a King or a Heart
(i) There are 13 Hearts in a pack. Therefore, 13 outcomes are favourable to event A.
∴ P [Heart] = P(A) =13/52 = ¼
(ii) There are 4 Kings in a pack. Therefore, 4 outcomes are favourable to event B.
∴ P[King] = P(B)=4/52 =1/13
(iii) There are 13 Hearts and 13 Diamonds in a pack. Therefore, 26 outcomes are
favorable to event C.
∴ P [Red card] = P(C) =26/52 = ½
(iv) There are 4 Kings and 4 Queens in a pack. Therefore, 8 outcomes are favourable
to event D.
∴ P [King or Queen] = P(D) = 8/52 = 2/13
(v) There are 4 Kings and 13 Hearts in a pack. Among these, one card is Heart-King.
Therefore, (4+13-1) = 16 outcomes are favourable to event E.
∴ P [King or Heart] = P(E) =16/52 = 4/13
4. A bag contains 8 tickets which are marked with the numbers 1,2, 3, .. 8. Find the
probability that a ticket drawn at random from the bag is marked with (i) an even
number (ii) a multiple of 3.
Sol: The selection can be any one of the eight numbers. Therefore, there are 8
equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let events A and B be—
A: selected number is even.
B: selected number is a multiple of 3.
(i) Four of the selections, namely, 2, 4, 6 and 8 are favourable to event A.
∴ P [even number] = P(A) = 4/8 = ½
9|NMPT-UNIT-IV
(ii) Two of the selections, namely, 3 and 6 are favourable to event B.
∴ P [multiple of 3] = P(B) = 2/8 = ¼.
5. A fair coin is tossed twice. Find the probability that the tosses result in
(i) two heads (ii) at least one head.
Sol: The sample space is 5 = (HH, HT, TH, TT}, There are four equally likely, mutually
exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let events A and B be—
A: the tosses result in 2 heads
B: the tosses result in at least one head.
(i) One outcome, HH is favourable to event A.
∴ P [two heads] = P(A) = ¼
(ii) 3 outcomes HH, HT and TH are favourable to event B.
∴ P [at least one head] = P(B) = ¾
6. Two fair dice are rolled. Find the probability that (i) both the dice show
number 6 (ii) the sum of numbers obtained is 7 or 10 (iii) the sum of
the numbers obtained is less than 11 (iv) the sum is divisible by 3.
Sol: The sample space is S= {(1,1), (1, 2), (1,3)…… (1,6)
(2,1), (2, 2), (2,3) .... (2,6)
……………………………..
(6,1), {6, 2), (6, 3)…. (6,6)}
There are 6x6 = 36 equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes.
Let events A, B, C and D be —
A: both the dice show number 6
B: sum of the numbers obtained is 7 or 10
C: sum of the numbers obtained is less than 11.
D: sum of the numbers obtained is divisible by 3.
(i) One outcome, namely, (6, 6) is favourable to event A.
∴P [6 on both the dice] = P(A) = 1/36
10 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
(ii) Nine outcomes, namely, (6,1), (5,2), (4, 3), (3,4), (2,5), (1,6), (6, 4), (5, 5) and (4,6)
are favourable to event B.
∴P [sum is 7 or 10] = 9/36 = ¼
(iii) The complement of event C is— C': sum is 11 or 12.
Event C' has three favourable outcomes, namely, (6,5), (5, 6) and (6, 6).
P [sum is less than 11] = 1 – P [sum is 11 or 12]
= 1-3/36= 1-1/12 = 11/12
The sum is divisible by 3 if it is 3, 6, 9 or 12. Therefore, the outcomes favourable to
event D are (2, 1), (1, 2), (5,1), (4,2), (3,3), (2, 4), (1,5), (6, 3), (5, 4), (4, 5), (3, 6) and
(6, 6). Thus, 12 outcomes are favourable.
P [sum is divisible by 3] = 12/36 = 1/3.
7. A box has 5 white, 4 red and 3 green balls. Two balls are drawn at random from
the box. Find the probability that they are (i) of the same colour (ii) of different
colours.
Sol: The box totally has 12 balls. A random draw of two balls has 12C2 equally likely,
mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let events A and B be—
A: the balls drawn are of the same colour
B: the balls drawn are of different colours.
(i). Events happens when the drawn balls are both white or both red or both green.
Out of 12C2 selections, 5C2 selections are both white,4C2 selections are both red
And 3C2 selections are both green. Thus, 5C2+4C2 + 3C2 outcomes are
Favourable to event A.
5𝐶2 +4 𝐶2 +3 𝐶2
P [balls of same colour] = 12𝐶2
10+6+3 19
= = 66 = 0.2879
66
(ii). Event B is the complement of event A. Therefore,

P [balls of different colours] = 1 - P[same colour]
= 1- P(A)
= 1 - 19/66
= 47/66
11 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
8. Two cards are drawn at random from a pack of cards. Find the probability that (i)
both are Spades (ii) both are Kings (iii) one is Spade and the other is a Heart (v)
the cards belong to the same suit (v) the cards belong to different suits.
Sol:
A random draw of 2 cards from a pack of 52 cards has 52C2 equally likely, mutually
exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let events A, B, C, D and E be—
A: both the cards drawn are Spades
B: both the cards drawn are Kings.
C: the cards drawn are one Spade and one Heart.
D: the cards belong to the same suit.
E: the cards belong to different suits.
(i) Since there are 13 Spades in a pack, event A has 13C2 favourable outcomes.
13𝐶 13×6 1
Therefore, P [both spades] = 52𝐶2 = 26×51 = 17
2
(ii) Since there are 4 Kings in a pack, event B has 4C2 favourable outcomes.
4𝐶2 2×6 1
Therefore, P [both Kings] = = =
52𝐶2 26×51 221
(iii) Here, one card should be a Spade and the other should be a Heart.
From 13 Spades, one Spade can be had in 13C1 ways. From 13 Hearts, one Heart
can be had in 13C1 ways. Thus, 13C1 X 13C1 outcomes are favourable to event C.
13𝐶1 ×13 𝐶1
Therefore, P [a Spade and a Heart] = 52𝐶2
13×13 13
= 26×51 = 102
(iv) Here, the cards should be 2 Spades or 2 Clubs or 2 Hearts or 2 Diamonds. There
are 13 cards of each suit. In each case, a selection of two cards can be made in
13C2 ways. Thus, totally the number of favourable cases is 13C2 + 13C2 + 13C2 + 13C2.
13𝐶2 +13 𝐶2 +13 𝐶2 +13 𝐶2
P [cards of same suit] = 52𝐶2
4×78 4
= 26×51 = 17
(v) Events E is the complement of event D. Therefore,

P [cards of different suits] = 1 – P [cards of same suit]
= 1 – 4/17 = 13/17
12 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
9. A bag has 9 tickets marked with numbers 1, 2, 3,……9. Two tickets are drawn at
random from the bag. Find the probability that both the numbers drawn are
(i) even (ii) odd.
Sol:
There are 9C2 equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let events
A and B be
A: both the selected numbers are even.
B: both the selected numbers are odd.
(i) Out of 9 numbers, 4 numbers, namely, 2,4,6 and 8 are even. Therefore, 4C2
selections will have two even numbers. Therefore,
4𝐶
P [both even] = P(A) = 9𝐶2 = 6/36 = 1/6
2
(ii) Out of 9 numbers, 5 numbers, namely, 1,3,5,7 and 9 are odd. Therefore, 5C2
selections will have two odd numbers. Therefore,
5𝐶2
P [both odd] = P(B) = = 10/36 = 5/18
9𝐶2
10. A bag contains 3 red, 4 green and 3 yellow marbles. Three marbles are randomly
drawn from the bag. What is the probability that they are of (i) the same colour
(ii) different colours (one of each colour)?
Sol: There are 10C3 equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let
events A and B be
A: Selected marble are of the same colour.
B: Selected marbles are of different colours
(i)The marbles drawn should be 3 red or 4 green or 3 yellow.
Therefore, 3C3 + 4C3 + 3C3 outcomes are favourable to events A, Therefore,
3𝐶3 +4 𝐶3 +3 𝐶3 1+4+1 1
P [marbles of the same colour] = = = 20
10𝐶3 120
(ii) The marbles should be one of each colour. Therefore, 3C1 x3C1 x 3C1 outcomes
are favourable. Therefore,
3𝐶1 +4 𝐶1 +3 𝐶1 3
P [marbles of different colours] = =
10𝐶3 10
13 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
4.3 ADDITION THEOREM ON PROBABILITY
Statement: For any two events A and B, P (𝐴 𝖴 𝐵) = P (A) + P (B) – P (𝐴 ∩ 𝐵)

Proof:
For events A and B, 𝐵 = (𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) ∪ (𝐴1 ∩ 𝐵)
Here, A∩B and A`∩B are mutually exclusive. Therefore, by axiom 3,
𝑃(𝐵) = 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) + 𝑃(𝐴1 ∩ 𝐵)
𝑃(𝐴1 ∩ 𝐵) = 𝑃(𝐵) − 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵)
Also, 𝐴 ∪ 𝐵 = 𝐴 ∪ (𝐴1 ∩ 𝐵)
Here, A∩B and A`∩B are mutually exclusive therefore,
𝑃(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵) = 𝑃(𝐴) + 𝑃(𝐴1 ∩ 𝐵)
By above results
P (𝐴 𝖴 𝐵) = P (A) + P (B) – P (𝐴 ∩ 𝐵).
1. Three unbiased dice are thrown once. Find the probability that all the three dice
show the number 6.
Sol:
When 3 dice are thrown, there are 6x6x6 = 216 equally, mutually exclusive and
exhaustive outcomes. of these 216 outcomes, 1 outcome, namely, (6, 6, 6) is
favourable. Therefore, probability of all the three dice showing the number 6 is
P [all the three result in the number 6] =1/216
2. A fair coin is tossed five times. Find the probability of obtaining

(i) head in all the tosses, (ii) head in at least one of the tosses.
Sol: There are 32 equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes.
(i) Out of them, one outcome is HHHHH and another outcome is TTTTT. Therefore,
P [head in ail tosses] = 1/32
(ii) P [at least one head] = 1 – P [tail in all tosses]
= 1-1/32 = 31/32
Note: Whenever probability of the event “at least one” has to be found, it is easier to
find it by using the probability of the complementary event as follows.
P [at least one] = P[none]
14 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
3. In a college, there are five lecturers. Among them, three are doctorates. If a
committee consisting three lecturers is formed, what is the probability that at least
two of them are doctorates?
Sol:
From the five lecturers, three lecturers can be selected in 5C3 ways. Thus, there
are 5C3 equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let events A and
B be —
A: Two of the selected lecturers are doctorates.
B: All the three selected lecturers are doctorates.
Then, events have 3C2 x 2C1 favourable outcomes. And, event B has 3C3 favourable
outcomes. Here, events A and B are mutually exclusive.
.'. P [at least two doctrates] = P [two or three doctrates]= 𝑃(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵)
3𝐶2 ×2 𝐶1 3𝐶
= 𝑃(𝐴) + 𝑃(𝐵) = + 5𝐶3
5𝐶3 3
3×2 1 7
= + 10 = 10 = 0.7
10
4. What is the probability that there will be 53 Sundays in a randomly selected

(i) leap year (ii) non-leap year?
Sol:
(i) A leap year has 366 days, out of them, 7*52 = 364 days make 52 complete weeks.
The remaining two days may occur in any of the following pattern ---
(Sunday, Monday), (Monday, Tuesday), (Tuesday, Wednesday), (Wednesday,
Thursday), (Thursday, Friday), (Friday, Saturday) and (Saturday, Sunday).
Out of these 7 cases which are equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive, 2
cases namely (Sunday, Monday) and (Saturday, Sunday) have Sunday. Therefore,
P [leap year has 53 Sundays] =2/7
(ii) A non- leap year has 365 days. Out of them, 364 days make 52 complete weeks.
The remaining one day may be Sunday, Monday, ---- Saturday. Out of these 7
possibilities, only one is Sunday. Therefore,
P [non-leap year has 53 Sundays] =1/7
15 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
5. If from a pack of cards, a single card is drawn. What is the probability that it is
either a spade or a king?
Sol: P (A) = P (a spade card) =12/52=1/4
P (B) = P (a king card) =4/52
P (either a spade or a king card) = P (A or B)
= P (A) + P (B) – P (A ∩ 𝐵)
= (12/52) +(1/52) -(12/ (52*52))
= 4/13
6. A person is known to hit the target in 3 out of 4 shots, whereas another person is
known to hit the target in 2 out of 3 shots. Find the probability of the targets being
hit at all when they both persons try.
Sol: The prob. that the first person hit the target = P (A) = 3/4
The prob. that the second person hit the target = P (B) = 2/3
The two events are not mutually exclusive, since both persons hit the same target.
P (A or B) =P (A) + P (B) – P (A ∩ B)
=3/4+2/3-(6/12)
=11/12
16 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
4.4 CONDITIONAL PROBABILITY
Let A and B be two events. Then, conditional probability of given A is the

probability of happening of B when it is known that A has already happened. On
the other hand, the probability of happening of B when nothing is known about
happening of A is called unconditional probability of B.
The conditional probability of B given A is denoted by P(B\A). The unconditional

probability is P{B).
Let P(A) > 0. Then, conditional probability of event B given A is defined as-----
𝑃(𝐴∩𝐵)
𝑃(𝐵/𝐴) = 𝑃(𝐴)
If P(A) = 0, the conditional probability P(B\A) is not defined.
If A and B are independent events, occurrence of B will be independent of

occurrence of A. Therefore, the conditional and unconditional probabilities are
equal. That is, P(B\A) = P(B).
𝑃(𝐴∩𝐵)
𝑃(𝐵) = That is, P (A ∩B) = P(A). P(B)
𝑃(𝐴)
INDEPENDENT & DEPENDENT EVENTS:
Two events are said to be independent when the actual happening of one
does not influence in any way the happening of the other. Events which are not
independent are called dependent events.
If two events are independent, the occurrence or non-occurrence of one does

not depend on the occurrence or non-occurrence of the other.
Note: Two events A and B are independent if and only if P(A∩B) = P(A). P(B)
4.5 MULTIPLICATION LAW OF PROBABILITY

If A & B are two independent events, then
P (A ∩ 𝐵) = P (Both A & B will happen)

= P (A) × P (B)
17 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
1. A bag contains 8 white and 10 black balls. Two balls are drawn in
succession. What is the prob. that first is white and second is black?
Sol: Total no. of balls = 8 + 10 = 18
P (drawing one white ball from8 balls) = 8/18
P (drawing one black ball from 10 balls) = 10/18
P (drawing first white & second black) =10*8/ (18*18)
= 80/324
2. Two persons A & B appear in an interview for 2 vacancies for the same
post. The probability of A’s selection is1/7 and that of B’s selection is1/8.
What is the probability that, i) both of them will be selected?
ii) none of them will be selected.
Sol: P (A selected) =1/7
P (B selected) =1/8
P (A will not be selected) = 1-(1/7) = 6/7
P (B will not be selected) = 1-(1/8) =7/8
P (Both of them will be selected) = P (A) × P (B)

=1/ (7*8)
=1/56
3. A card is drawn at random from a pack of cards.
(i) What is the probability that it is a heart?
(ii) If it is known that the card drawn is red, what is the probability that it is a
heart?
Sol: There are 52 equally likely, mutually exclusive and exhaustive outcomes. Let
events A and B be —
A: card drawn is red.
B: card drawn is heart.
There are 26 red cards and 13 hearts in a pack of cards. Therefore, event A has 26
favourable outcomes and event B has 13 favourable outcomes. Event A∩B has 13
favourable outcomes because when any of the 13 hearts is drawn A∩B happens.
Therefore, P(A) = 26/52. P(B) = 13/52 and P(A∩B) =13/52
18 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
(i)The unconditional probability of drawing a heart is ---
P(B) = 13/52 = ¼
(ii) The conditional probability of drawing a heart given that it is red card is-----
𝑃(𝐴∩𝐵) 13⁄52
P(B/A) = =26⁄ = 1⁄2
𝑃(𝐴) 52
4. A fair coin is tossed thrice. What is the probability that all the three tosses result in
heads?
Sol:
Let events A, B, and C be------
A: the first toss results in head
B: the second toss results in head.
C: the third toss results in head.
Then, P(A) = P(B) =P(C) = ½
Since A, B, and C are results of three different tosses, they are independent.
Therefore, probability that all the three tosses result in head is ---
P [ 3 heads] = P(A∩B∩C) = P(A). P(B). P(C)
1 1 1 1
=2×2×2=8
5. Two fair dice are rolled. If the sum of the numbers obtained is 4, find the
probability that the numbers obtained on both the dice are even-
Sol: Let events A and B be —

A: the sum of the numbers is 4
B: the numbers on both the dice are even
Here, we have to find -----
𝑃(𝐴∩𝐵)
P(B/A) = 𝑃(𝐴)
Event A has 3 favourable outcomes, namely, (1,3, (2,2) and (3,1)

𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵)
𝑃(𝐵|𝐴) =
𝐵(𝐴)
∴ P [Sum 4] = P(A) = 3/36
19 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
Event (A∩B) has 1 favourable outcome, namely, (2,2).
∴P [Sum 4 and number even] = P(A∩B) = 1/36

1⁄
Thus, P [Number even given Sum 4] = 3⁄36 = 1⁄3
36
6. A box has 1 red and 3 white balls. Balls are drawn one after one from the box. Find
the probability that the two balls drawn would be red if
a. the ball drawn first is returned to the box before the second draw is made.
(Draw with replacement).
b. the ball drawn first is not returned before the second draw is made. (Draw
without replacement).
Sol: Let A: the first ball drawn is red
B: the second ball drawn is red.
Draw with replacement:
Here, P(A) =1/4 Also, since the first ball- is returned before the second draw is made,
P(B|A) =1/4
∴P [Two balls are red] = P(A∩B)
= P(A). P (B|A)
= 1/4 * 1/4 =1/16
Draw without replacement:
Here, Since the first ball drawn is not returned before the second draw is made,
P(B|A) = 0/4
.'. P [Two balls are red} = P(A∩B)
= P(A). P(B|A)
= ¼ * 0/4 = 0
7. The probability that a contractor will get a plumbing contract is 2/3 and probability
that he will not get an electrical contract is 5/9. If the probability of getting at least
one of these contracts is 4/5, what is the probability that he will get both?
Sol: Let A: contractor gets plumbing contract
B: contractor gets electrical contract
20 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
Then, P(A) = 2/3, P(B`) = 5/9 and P(A∪B) = 4/5
Therefore, P(B) = 1-P(B`) = 4/9
By addition theorem we have,
P(A∪B) = P(A) +P(B) – P(A∩B)
That is, P(A∩B) = P(A) +P(B) – P(A∪B)
Therefore,
P [he gets both plumbing and electrical contract] = P(A∩B)
= P(A) +P(B) – P(A∪B)
= 2/3 + 4/9 − 4/5 = 14/45
8. A can solve 90 percent of the problems given in a book and B can solve 70
percent. What is the probability that at least one of them will solve a problem
selected at random?
Sol: event A: student A solve the problem
event B: student B solve the problem.
P (at least one solves the problem) = 1-P (none solve the problem)
= 1 − 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵)
= 1 − 𝑃(𝐴). 𝑃(𝐵)
= 1 − (0.10)(0.30)
= 0.97
The probability that a trainee will remain with a company 0.6, The probability that
an employee earns more ten Rs.10,000 per year 0.5. The probability an employee
is trainee who remained with the company or who earn more then Rs.10,000 per
year is 0.7. What is the probability earn more than Rs.10,000 per year given that
he is a trainee who stayed with the company?
Sol: Event A: A trainee will remain with the company
Event B: A trainee earns more than Rs. 10,000.
Given P(A) = 0.6 P(B) = 0.5 P(A∪B) = 0.7
21 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
We need to find
𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) 𝑃(𝐴) + 𝑃(𝐵) − 𝑃(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵) 0.4

𝑃(𝐵|𝐴) = = = = 0.67
𝑃(𝐴) 𝑃(𝐴) 0.6
9. Suppose that one of the three men, a politician a bureaucrat and an

educationist will be appointed as VC of the university. The probabilities of their
appointment are respectively 0.3,0.25, and 0.45. The probability that these
people will promote research activities if there are appointed is 0.4,0.7 and 0.8
respectively. What is the probability that research will be promoted by the new
VC
Sol:
event A: Politician appointed as VC

event B: bureaucrat appointed as VC
event C: Educationist appointed as VC
event D: promotion of research activities
= 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝑃) + 𝑃(𝐵 ∩ 𝐷) + 𝑃(𝐶 ∩ 𝐷).
= 𝑃(𝐷|𝐴). 𝑃(𝐴) + 𝑃(𝐷|𝐵). 𝑃(𝐵) + 𝑃(𝐷|𝐶). 𝑃(𝐶)
= (0.3)(0.4) + (0.25)(0.7) + (0.45)(0.8) = 0.655
10. A box contains 4 green and 6 white bolls another box contains 7 green and 8
white bolls. Two bolls are transferred from box 1 to box 2 and then a boll is drawn
from box 2. What is the probability that it is white?
Sol:
event A: transferred balls are green
event B: transferred balls are white
event C: Among transferred balls one green & 1 white
event D: selection of a white ball from box 2.
= 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐷) + 𝑃(𝐵 ∩ 𝐷) + 𝑃(𝐶 ∩ 𝐷)

= 𝑃(𝐷|𝐴). 𝑃(𝐴) + 𝑃(𝐷|𝐵). 𝑃(𝐵) + 𝑃(𝐷|𝐶). 𝑃(𝐶)
4𝐶2 8 6𝐶2 10 4𝐶1 ×6 𝐶1 9
= . + . + ×
10𝐶2 17 10𝐶2 17 10𝐶2 17
= 0.5412
22 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
11. Probabilities of Husband’s and wife’s selection to a post are 1/5 and 1/7
respectively, what is the probability that.
(i) Both of them will be selected.
(ii) Exactly one of them will be selected
(iii) None of them will be selected
Sol:
1
event A: selection of Husband P(A) = 5
1
event B: selection of Husband P(B) = 7
(i) P (both of them will be selected) = P(A∩B) =P(A). P(B)

1 1 1
=5 × 7 = 35
(ii) P (exactly one of them will be selected) = 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) + 𝑃(𝐵 ∩ 𝐴)

= 𝑃(𝐴). 𝑃(𝐵) + 𝑃(𝐵). 𝑃(𝐴)
4 1 6 1 10
= 5 × 7 + 7 × 5 = 35.
(iii) P (none of them will be selected) =𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) = 𝑃(𝐴). 𝑃(𝐵)

4 6 24
= 5 × 7 = 35
4.6 BAYE’S THEOREM

Statement:
If E1 , E2 , E3 , . . . . En are ‘n’ mutually exclusive events with 𝑃(𝐸𝑖 ) ≠ 0 for each i
in the sample space S and for any arbitrary event A which is a subset of ⋃𝑛𝑖=1 𝐸𝑖 with
P(𝐸𝑖 )(P( ⁄𝐸 ),A
𝐸
𝑃(𝐴) > 0 then P ( 𝑖⁄A) = 𝑛 𝑖
for i=1 to n.
∑𝑖=1 P(Ei )P(A⁄𝐸 )
𝑖
Proof:
Given E1 , E2 , E3 , . . . . En are n mutually exclusive
i. e. , Ei ∩ Ej = ϕ for i ≠ j
Also E1 , E2 , E3 , . . . . En are exhaustive events
i. e. , E1 ∪ E2 ∪ E3 ∪. . .∪ En = S
A= A∩S
= A ∩ (E1 ∪ E2 ∪ E3 ∪. . .∪ En )
= (A ∩ E1 ) ∪ (A ∩ E2 ) ∪ (A ∩ E3 ) ∪. . .∪ (A ∩ En )
23 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
P(A) = P((A ∩ E1 ) ∪ (A ∩ E2 ) ∪ (A ∩ E3 ) ∪. . .∪ (A ∩ En ))
Since (A ∩ E1 ), (A ∩ E2 ), (A ∩ E3 ), . . . (A ∩ En )are n mutually exclusive even
By Axiom-III
P(A) = P(A ∩ E1 ) + P(A ∩ E2 ) + P(A ∩ E3 )+. . . +P(A ∩ En )
E P(Ei ∩A)
P ( i⁄A) = P(A)
A
P(Ei )P( ⁄E )
E
P ( i⁄A) = i
P(A)
A
P(Ei )P( ⁄E ),
E
P ( i⁄A) = P(A∩E )+P(A∩E )+P(A∩Ei )+.+P(A∩E ).
1 2 3 n
A
P(Ei )P( ⁄E )
E
P ( i⁄A) = ∑ 𝑃(𝐴∩E )i
i
A
P(𝐸𝑖 )(P( ⁄𝐸 ),
𝐸
P ( 𝑖⁄A) = 𝑛 𝑖
(By the definition of Conditional Probability)
∑𝑖=1 P(Ei )P(A⁄𝐸 )
𝑖
PROBLEMS:
1. In a certain college, 25% of boys and 10% of girls are studying mathematics. The girls
constitute 60% of the students. (a) What is the probability that mathematics is being
studied? (b) If a student is selected at random and is found to be studying
mathematics, Find the probability that the student is a girl? © a boy?
40 2
Sol: Given P(Boy) = P(B) =100 = 5
60 3
P(Girl) = P(G) =100 = 5
Probability that mathematics is studied given that the student is a boy
25 1
P(M⁄B) = =
100 4
Probability that mathematics is studied given that the student is a girl
10 1
P(M⁄G) = =
100 10
Probability that the student studied Mathematics P(M) = P(G)P(M⁄G)+P(B)P(M⁄B)
3 1 2 1 5
= 5 × 10 + 5 × 4 = 25
24 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
By Bayes theorem, probability of mathematics student is a girl
3 1
P(G)P(M⁄G) × 3
P(G⁄M) = = 5 10
5 = 10
P(G)P(M⁄G)+P(B)P(M⁄B)
25
By Bayes theorem, probability of mathematics student is a boy
M 2 1
P(B)P( ⁄B) × 1
P(B⁄M) = = 5 4
5 =2
P(G)P(M⁄G)+P(B)P(M⁄B)
25
2. The chance that doctor A will diagnose a disease x correctly is 60%. The chance
that a patient will die by his treatment after correct diagnosis is 40% and the chance
of death by wrong diagnosis is 70%. A patient of doctor A, who had disease x died.
What is the probability that his disease was diagnosed correctly?
Sol: Let E1be the event that “disease x is diagnosed correctly by doctor A” and
E2 be the event that “a patient of doctor A who disease x died”

60 E 40
Then P(E1 ) = 100 = 0.6, P ( 2⁄E ) = 100 = 0.4
1
̅̅̅1 ) = 1 − 0.6 = 0.4 and P (E2⁄ ) = 70 = 0.7

Which implies that P(E ̅̅̅
E1 100
By Bayes theorem
E
P(E1 )P ( 2⁄E )
E 1
P ( 1⁄E ) =
2 E ̅1 )P (E2⁄ )
P(E1 )P ( 2⁄E ) + P(E ̅1
1 E
0.6×0.4 6
= 0.6×0.4+0.4×0.7 = 13
3. Of the three men, the chances that a politician, a business man or an academician
will be appointed as a vice-chancellor (V.C) of a university are 0.5, 0.3, 0.2
respectively. Probability that research is promoted by these persons if they are
appointed as VC are 0.3, 0.7, 0.8 respectively. Determine the probability that
research is promoted. If research is promoted, what is the probability that VC is an
academician?
Sol: Let A, B, C be the events that a politician, businessmen or an academician will
be appointed as VC of the three men.
25 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
Then P(A)=0.5, P(B)=0.3, P(C)=0.2
The probabilities that research is promoted if they are appointed as VC s are
P(R⁄A) = 0.3, P(R⁄B) = 0.7, P(R⁄C) = 0.8
The Probability that the research is promoted
=P(A)P(R⁄A) + P(B)P(R⁄B) + P(C)P(R⁄C)
= (0.5)(0.3) + (0.3)(0.7) + (0.2)(0.8)
=0.52
The probability that research is promoted when the VC is an academician
P(C)P(R⁄C)
P(C⁄R) =
P(C)P(R⁄C)+P(B)P(R⁄B)+P(A)P(R⁄A)
0.16 4
= 0.15+0.21+0.16 = 13 = 0.3077
4. A businessman goes to hotels X, Y, Z, 20%, 50%, 30% of the time respectively. It is

known that 5%, 4%, 8% of the rooms in X, Y, Z hotels have faulty plumbings. What is
the probability that business man’s room having faulty plumbing is assigned to hotel
Z?
Sol: Let the probabilities of business man going to hotels X, Y, Z be receptively P(X),
P(Y), P(Z).
20 50 30
Then P(X) = 100 = 0.2, P(Y) = 100 = 0.5, P(Z) = 100 = 0.3
Let E be the event that the hotel room has faulty plumbing. Then the probabilities
that hotels X, Y, Z have faculty plumbing are
5 4 8
P(E⁄X) = 100 = 0.05, P(E⁄Y) = 100 = 0.04, P(E⁄Z) = 100 = 0.08,
The probability that the business man’s room having faulty plumbing is assigned to
hotel z
P(Z)P(E⁄Z)
P(z⁄E) =
P(Z)P( ⁄Z)+P(Y)P(E⁄Y)+P(X)P(E⁄X)
E
0.3×0.08 4
= =
0.3×0.08+0.5×0.04+0.2×0.05 9
26 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
5. There are two boxes, in box I, 11 cards are there numbered 1 to 11 and in box II, 5
cards are there numbered 1 to 5. A box is chosen and a card is drawn. If the card
shows an even number, then another card is drawn from the same box. If card
shows an odd number another card is drawn from the other box. Find the
probability that they are from box I?
Sol:
Number of cards in box I = 11
Number of cards with even number = 5
Number of cards with odd number = 6
Number of cards in box II = 5
Number of cards with even number = 2
Number of cards with odd number = 3

1
The probability of choosing any one box=2
Let E be the event that both the cards are even.
For this box is choosen and a card is picked, if the first card is even then the second
card is also picked from the same box and the card is also even.
Let E1be the event that both the cards are from box I
1 5 4 1
P(E1 ) = ( ) ( ) =
2 11 10 11
Let E2 be the event that both the cards are from box II. Then
1 2 1 1
P(E2 ) = ( )( ) =
2 5 4 20
1 1 31
∴ P(E) = P(E1 ) + P(E2 ) = + =
11 20 220
Let E be the event that both the cards are odd
Then a box is choosen, first card is odd and second card is picked from another box
and that is also odd
27 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
Let 𝐸1 be the event that the first card odd from box I and second card is odd from
box II.
1 6 3 9
P(E1 ) = ( )( ) =
2 11 5 55
Let E2 be the event that first card is odd from box II and second card is odd from
box I
1 3 6 9
Then P(E2 ) = 2 (5) (11) = 55
9 9 18
∴ P(E) = P(E1 ) + P(E2 ) = + =
55 55 55
1 5 4 1
The probability that both cards from box I are even = 2 (11) (10) = 11
1 2 1 1
The probability that both cards from box II are even = 2 (5) (4) = 20
The Probability that if both cards are even then they are from box I
1 5 4 1
( )( ) 20
2 11 10 11
1 5 4 1 2 1 = 1 1 = 31
( )( )+ ( )( ) +
2 11 10 2 5 4 11 20
6. Two bolts are drawn from a box containing 4 good and 6 bad bolts. Find the
probability that the second bolt is good if the first one is found to be bad.
Sol: Since in the problem it is given that “probability that the second bolt is good, if the
first one is bad”, we have to understand that the two bolts are drawn in succession
(Without replacement).
6
Probability that the first bolt is found to be bad = 10
4
Probability that the bolt drawn now, is found to be good = 9
6 4 4
P (first is bad and second is good)= 10 × 9 = 15
28 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
7. In a factory, machine A produce 40% of the output and machine B produces 60%.
On the average, 9 items in 1000 produced by A are defective and 1 item in 250
produced by B is defective. An item drawn at random from a day’s output is
defective. What is the probability that it was produced by A or B?
Sol:
Output produced by A=40%

∴ P(A) = 0.4
Output produced by B=60%
∴ P(B) = 0.6
9
P(D⁄A) = Probability that items produced by A are defective = 1000 = 0.009
Similarly
1
P(D⁄B) = Probability that items produced by B are defective = 250 = 0.004
P(A⁄D) = Probability that the bolt is produced by A given that it is defective

P(A)×P(D⁄A )
=
P(A)×P(D⁄A )+P(B)×P(D⁄B )
0.4×0.009 0.0036
= 0.4×0.009+0.6×0.004 = = 0.6
0.006
P(B⁄D) = Probability that the bolt is produced by B given that it is defective

P(B)×P(D⁄B )
=
P(A)×P(D⁄A )+P(B)×P(D⁄B )
0.6×0.004 0.0024
= 0.4×0.009+0.6×0.004 = = 0.4
0.006
Probability that it was produced by A or B = P(A⁄D)+P(B⁄D) = 0.6+0.4=1
29 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
1
4.7 RANDOM VARIABLE
Suppose two fair coins are tossed. Here, the sample space is 5 = {TT, TH, HT,
HH} Suppose each of the four sample points in this sample space, a number is
assigned as follows.
Sample point TT TH HT HH
Number 0 1 1 2
Here, the assigned numbers indicate the number of heads obtained in each case.
Let 'the number of heads' be denoted by X. Then, X is a function on the sample
space. It takes the values 0,1 and 2 with probabilities —
P[X=0] = P [no head] = ¼
P[X=1] = P [one head] = ½
P[X=2] = P [two head] = ¼
Here, X is called Random variable or Variate.
Random variable is a function which assigns a real number to every
sample point in the sample space. The set of such real values is the range of the
random variable.
There are two types of random variable, namely, Discrete random variable and
Continuous random variable.
A Variable X which takes values x1, x2, ….xn with probabilities p1,p2,….pn is
a Discrete random variable. Here, the value x1, x2, ….xn from the range of the
random variable.
A random variable whose range is uncountable infinite is a Continuous

random variable.
Ex1. Let X denote the number of heads obtained while tossing two fair coins. Then, X
is a random variable which takes the values 0,1 and 2 wit respective probabilities ¼,
½ and ¼. Here, X is a discrete random variable.
Ex. 2. Let X denote the number obtained while throwing a fair die. Then, X is a
discrete random variable taking values 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 with probability 1/6 each.
30 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
Ex. 3. Let X denote the weight of apples. Then, X is a continuous random variable.
Generally, random variables are denoted by X, Y, Z, etc. If X is a random variable,

the values taken by X are denoted by x (small letter).
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION
A systematic presentation of the values taken by a random variable and the
corresponding probabilities is called probability distribution of the random variable.
PROBABILITY MASS FUNCTION
Let X be a discrete random variable. And let p(x) be a function such that
p(x) = P[X=x]. Then, p(x) is the probability mass function of X if it satisfies following
conditions.
(i)p(x) ≥0 for all x
(ii)∑p(x) = 1
A similar function is defined for a continuous random variable X. It is called
probability density function (p.d.f.). It is denoted by f(x).
MATHEMATICAL EXPECTATION:
Let X be a discrete random variable with probability mass function p(x). Then,
mathematical expectation of X is E(X) = ∑x. p(x)
Mathematical expectation of a function h(x) of X:

Let X be a discrete random variable with probability mass function p(x). Then,
mathematical expectation of any function h(X) of X is E[h(X)] = ∑h(x). p(x)
31 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
1. Two fair coins are tossed once. Find the mathematical expectation of the number
of heads obtained.
Sol: Let X denote the number of heads obtained. Then, X is a random variable which
takes the values 0, 1 and 2 with respective probabilities ¼, ½ and ¼ and That is,
x 0 1 2
p(x) ¼ ½ ¼
The mathematical expectation of the number of head is
1 1 1
𝐸(𝑋) = ∑ 𝑥. 𝑝(𝑥) = 0 × + 1 × + +2 × = 1
4 2 4
Note:
1. For a random variable X, the Arithmetic Mean is E(X).
2. For a random variable X, the Variance is
Var(X) = E[X-E(X)]2
= E(X2)- [E(X)]2
The Standard Deviation is the square – root of the variance.
2. A bag has 3 white and 4 red balls. Two balls are randomly drawn from the bag.
Find the expected number of white balls in the draw.
Sol: Let X denote the number of white balls obtained in the draw. Then, X is a
random variable which takes the values 0, 1 and 2 with respective probabilities –
4𝐶2 2
P (x=0) = P [both red] = =
7𝐶2 7
3𝐶2 ×4 𝐶1 4
P (x=1) = P [one white & one red] = =7
7𝐶2
3𝐶 1
P (x=2) = P [both white] = 7𝐶2 = 7
2
The probability distribution of X is –

x 0 1 2
p(x) 2/7 4/7 1/7
2 4 1 6
𝐸(𝑋) = ∑ 𝑥. 𝑝(𝑥) = 0 × 7 + 1 × 7 + 2 × 7 = 7
32 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
3. A Random Variable ‘X’ has the following values of ‘X’
x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P(x) 0 k 2k 2k 3k K2 2K K+7K2
2
(i) Find ‘K’

(ii) Find mean
(iii) Find Variance
Sol:
(i) If X is a random variable, then ∑ 𝑃(𝑥𝑖 ) = 1
 𝑃(𝑥 = 0) + 𝑃(𝑥 = 1) + 𝑃(𝑥 = 2) + 𝑃(𝑥 = 3) + 𝑃(𝑥 = 4) + 𝑃(𝑥 = 5) + 𝑃(𝑥 = 6) +
𝑃(𝑥 = 7) = 1
 0 + 𝑘 + 2𝑘 + 2𝑘 + 3𝑘 + 𝑘 2 + 2𝑘 2 + 7𝑘 2 + 𝑘 = 1
 10𝑘 2 + 9𝑘 − 1 = 0
1
 𝑘 = 10 , −1
1
∴ 𝑘 = 10 (Since probability is positive)
(ii) 𝐸(𝑋) = ∑ 𝑥. 𝑝(𝑥)

= 0 × 0 + 1 × k + 2 × 2k + 3 × 2k + 4 × 3k + 5 × 𝑘 2 + 6 × 2𝑘 2 + 7 × (7𝑘 2 + 𝑘)
= 30k + 66𝑘 2
30 66
= 10 + 100 = 3.66
(iii) Variance = E(X2)- [E(X)]2

= ∑ 𝑥 2 . 𝑝(𝑥) − (3.66)2
= 0 × 0 + 1 × k + 4 × 2k + 9 × 2k + 16 × 3k + 25 × 𝑘 2 + 36 × 2𝑘 2 +
49 × (7𝑘 2 + 𝑘) − (3.66)2
= 124k + 440𝑘 2 − (3.66)2 = 3.404
4. Two dice are thrown, let X assign to each of (a, b) in S the maximum of its numbers
i.e., X (a, b) = max (a, b). Find the probability distribution and also find the mean
and variance of the distribution.
Sol: If we throw two dice maximum number could be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
∴ 𝑋 = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
If we throw two dice then the sample has 36 events
33 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
1 3 5 7
𝑃(𝑥 = 1) = 36 , 𝑃(𝑥 = 2) = 36, 𝑃(𝑥 = 3) = 36, 𝑃(𝑥 = 4) = 36,
9 11
𝑃(𝑥 = 5) = 36, 𝑃(𝑥 = 6) = 36
The probability distribution of X is –

x 1 2 3 4 5 6
p(x) 1/36 3/36 5/36 7/36 9/36 11/36
1 3 5 7 9 11 161
Mean= 𝐸(𝑋) = ∑ 𝑥. 𝑝(𝑥) = 1 × 36 + 2 × 36 + 3 × 36 + 4 × 36 + 5 × 36 + 6 × 36 = = 4.47
36
Variance = E(X2)- [E(X)]2 = = ∑ 𝑥 2 . 𝑝(𝑥) − (4.47)2 = 1.99
5. The probability density f(x) of a continuous random variable is given by

1
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑒 −|𝑥| , −∞ < 𝑥 < ∞ .Show that 𝑐 = 2 and also find the mean and variance of the
distribution.
∞
Sol: We know that ∫−∞ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = 1
∞
 ∫−∞ 𝑐𝑒 −|𝑥| 𝑑𝑥 = 1
∞
 2 ∫0 𝑐𝑒 −|𝑥| 𝑑𝑥 = 1 since the function is Even.
∞
 2 ∫0 𝑐𝑒 −𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 1
𝑒 −𝑥
 2𝑐[ −1 ]∞
0 =1
 −2𝑐[𝑒 −∞ − 𝑒 −0 ] = 1
 −2𝑐[0 − 1] = 1
 −2𝑐[0 − 1] = 1
 2𝑐 = 1
1
∴𝑐=2
∞
Mean=∫−∞ 𝑥𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥
∞
= ∫−∞ 𝑥 𝑐𝑒 −|𝑥| 𝑑𝑥
∞
= 𝑐 ∫−∞ 𝑥 𝑒 −|𝑥| 𝑑𝑥 = 0 since 𝑥 𝑒 −|𝑥| is odd function
Variance= E(X2)- [E(X)]2

∞
= ∫−∞ 𝑥 2 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − 0
∞
= ∫−∞ 𝑥 2 𝑐𝑒 −|𝑥| 𝑑𝑥
34 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
∞
= 2 ∫0 𝑥 2 𝑐𝑒 −x 𝑑𝑥 Since 𝑥 2 𝑒 −|𝑥| is even function
1 ∞
= 2. 2 ∫0 𝑥 2 𝑒 −x 𝑑𝑥
= [−𝑥 2 𝑒 −x − 2𝑥𝑒 −x − 2𝑒 −x ]∞
0
= [0 − (−2)] = 2
6. A continuous random variable has the probability density function

𝑘𝑥𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑥 ≥ 0, 𝜆 > 0
𝑓(𝑥) = { Determine (i) k (ii) Mean (iii) variance
0, 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
∞
Sol: (i) We know that ∫−∞ 𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = 1
∞
 ∫0 𝑘𝑥𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 1
𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 ∞
 𝑘[𝑥 − 1. ] =1
−𝜆 𝜆2 0
1
 𝑘 [0 − (− 𝜆2 )] = 1
 𝑘 = 𝜆2
∞
(ii) Mean=∫−∞ 𝑥𝑓(𝑥)𝑑𝑥
∞
= ∫0 𝑥𝑘𝑥𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑑𝑥
∞
= ∫0 𝑘𝑥 2 𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 ∞
= 𝑘[𝑥 2 − 2𝑥. −2 ]
−𝜆 𝜆2 𝜆3 0
2
= 𝑘 [0 − (− 𝜆3 )]
2 2
= 𝜆2 . 𝜆3 = 𝜆
(iii) Variance= E(X2)- [E(X)]2

∞ 2
= ∫−∞ 𝑥 2 𝑓(𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − (𝜆)2
∞ 4
= ∫0 𝑘𝑥 3 𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑑𝑥 − 𝜆2
𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 ∞ 4
= 𝑘[𝑥 3 − 3𝑥 2 . − 6𝑥. − 6. ] − 𝜆2
−𝜆 𝜆2 𝜆3 𝜆4 0
6 4 6 4 2
= 𝑘 [0 − (− 4 )] − = 𝜆2 . − =
𝜆 𝜆2 𝜆4 𝜆2 𝜆2
35 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
9. Practice Quiz
1. The chance that a leaf year contains 53 Fridays [ B ]

1
A) 7
2
B) 7
1
C) 365
2
D) 365
2. If a card is drawn from a well shuffled packet 53 cards, then the probability that it is
spade (or) queen is [ B ]
17
A) 52
4
B) 13
13 4
C) 52 + 51
D) None
3. If a coin is tossed twice the probability of getting at least one head is [ C]

1
A) 2
1
B) 4
3
C) 4
D) None
4. A bag contains 3 red balls, 4 white balls and 7 black balls. The probability of drawing
a red or a black ball is [ B ]

2
A) 7
5
B) B) 7
3
C) C) 7
4
D) D) 7
5. 𝑃(𝐴̄ ∩ 𝐵̄ ) =………. Where A, B are independents event [ C]
A) 𝑃(𝐴̄) + 𝑃(𝐵̄ )
B) 𝑃(𝐴̄) − 𝑃(𝐵̄ )
C) 𝑃(𝐴̄). 𝑃(𝐵̄ )
D) None
36 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
6. The probability of drawing a king from pack of cards is [ A ]
1
A) 13
1
B) 26
1
C) 52
D) None
7. A, B, C are three mutually exclusive events then 𝑃(𝐴 ∪ 𝐵 ∪ 𝐶) = [ A ]
A) 𝑃(𝐴) + 𝑃(𝐵) + 𝑃(𝐶)
B) 0
C) 𝑃(𝐴)𝑃(𝐵)𝑃(𝐶)
D) None
1 1 𝐵
8. 𝑃(𝐴 ∩ 𝐵) = 6 , 𝑃(𝐴) = 2 then 𝑃 (𝐴) = [ A ]
1
A) 3
2
B) B) 3
C) C) 1
D) D) None
9. The total no. of sample events when two dice are thrown simultaneously [ C]
A) 20
B) 25
C) 36
D) None
10. 𝑃(𝐴) = 𝑃(𝐵) and 𝑃(𝐴) = 2𝑃(𝐶) then 𝑃(𝐴) = [ B ]

1
A) 5
2
B) 5
3
C) 5
D) 1
11. Tossing of a coin is an example for …………….. variable [ A ]
A) Discrete
B) Continuous
C) both A & B
37 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
D) None
12. If K is constant then 𝑣𝑎𝑟( 𝑘) = ………. [ A ]
A) 0
B) 1
C) k
D) None
13. 𝑉(𝑥) = 2 then 𝑉(2𝑥 + 3) = [ B ]
A) 4
B) 8
C) 16
D) 12
14. Which of the following is an example for a continuous random variable [ C ]
A) The no. of heads when die rolled
B) No. of road accidents at a specific place in given period of time
C) Life of an electric bulb
D) None
15. The maximum value of probability is [ B ]
A) 0
B) 1
C) -1 to 1
D) None
10. Assignments
S.No Question BL CO
A box has 5 white, 4 red and 3 green balls. Two balls are drawn at L1 CO4
1 random from the box. Find the probability that they are (i) of the same
colour (ii) of different colours
2 State and prove Bayes theorem. L1 CO4
38 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
In a toy manufacturing company three machines namely A, B, C L3 CO4
manufacture 20%, 30%, 50% of toys respectively. A quality control
officer examined the machines and found that A, B, C produces 2%,
3
3%, 4% defectives of the total output. A toy is selected at a random
and is found to be defective, what are the probabilities that this toy
came from machines A, B, C, respectively.
A Random Variable ‘X’ has the following values of ‘X’ L3 CO4
x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4
P(x) 0 k 2k 2k 3k K2 2K2 K+7K2
(i) Find ‘K’ (ii) Find mean (iii) Find Variance

The probability density f(x) of a continuous random variable is given by L3 CO4
1
5 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑐𝑒 −|𝑥| , −∞ < 𝑥 < ∞ .Show that 𝑐 = 2 and also find the mean and
variance of the distribution.
1 What is meant by mutually exclusive event?

Sol: Two or more events are mutually exclusive if only one of them
can occur at a time. That is, the occurrence of any of these events L1 4
totally excludes the occurrence of the other events. Mutually
exclusive events cannot occur together.
2 If A, B and C are any three events then
P (A ∪ B ∪ C) = P (A) + P (B) + P (C) − P (A ∩ B) − P (B ∩C) −P (A ∩C)
L1 4
+ P (A ∩ B ∩C)
Sol: Let D = B ∪C
39 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
P (A U B UC) = P (A ∪ D)
= P (A) + P (D) − P (A ∩ D)
= P (A) + P (B ∪ C) − P [A ∩ (B ∪C)]
= P (A) + P (B) + P (C) − P (B ∩C) − P [(A ∩ B) ∪ (A ∩C)]
= P (A) + P (B) + P (C) − P (B ∩C) − P (A ∩ B) − P (A ∩C)
+ P [(A ∩ B) ∩ (A ∩C)]
P (A U B UC) = P (A) + P (B) + P (C) − P (A ∩ B) − P (B ∩C) −P (C ∩ A)
+ P (A ∩ B ∩C)
3 State Baye’s theorem.
Sol: If E1 , E2 , E3 , . . . . En are ‘n’ mutually exclusive events with 𝑃(𝐸𝑖 ) ≠
0 for each i in the sample space S and for any arbitrary event A
L1 4
which is a subset of ⋃𝑛𝑖=1 𝐸𝑖 with 𝑃(𝐴) > 0 then
A
P(𝐸𝑖 )(P( ⁄𝐸 ),
𝐸
P ( 𝑖⁄A) = 𝑛 𝑖
for i=1to n.
∑𝑖=1 P(Ei )P(A⁄𝐸 )
𝑖
4 If P(A) = 0.37, P(B) = 0.42, P (A ∩ B) = 0.09 then find P (A U B)
Sol: P(A) = 0.37, P(B) = 0.42, P (A ∩ B) = 0.09

L1 4
P (A U B) = P (A) + P (B) − P (A ∩ B)
P (A U B) = 0.37 + 0.42 − 0.09 = 0. 7
5 Define the Axioms of probability.

Sol: Axiom 1: P(A) ≥ 0
Axiom 2: P(S) = 1, S being the sure event. L1 4
Axiom 3: For two mutually exclusive events A and B,
P(A∪B) = P(A) + P(B)
6 Define the conditional probability.
Sol: conditional probability of event B given A is defined as-----
L1 4
𝑃(𝐴∩𝐵)
𝑃(𝐵/𝐴) = 𝑃(𝐴)
7 What is the probability of drawing either a king or a queen in a

single draw from a well shuffled pack of 52 cards?
Sol: Total number of cards = 52
Number of king cards = 4
Probability of drawing a king card = 4/52
L1 4
Number of queen cards = 4
Probability of drawing a queen card= 4/52
Both the events of drawing a king and a queen are mutually
exclusive
⇒ P (A ∪ B) = P (A) + P (B)
40 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
Therefore, probability of drawing either a king or a queen
= 4/52 + 4/52 = 2/13
8 Define probability distribution.
Sol: A systematic presentation of the values taken by a random
variable and the corresponding probabilities is called probability L1 4
distribution of the random variable.

9 Define probability mass function.
Sol: Let X be a discrete random variable. And let p(x) be a
function such that p(x) = P[X=x]. Then, p(x) is the probability mass
function of X if it satisfies following conditions. L1 4
(i)p(x) ≥0 for all x

(ii)∑p(x) = 1
10 Two fair coins are tossed once. Find the mathematical
expectation of the number of heads obtained.
Sol: Let X denote the number of heads obtained. Then, X is a
random variable which takes the values 0, 1 and 2 with respective
probabilities ¼, ½ and ¼ and That is,
x 0 1 2 L1 4
p(x) ¼ ½ ¼
The mathematical expectation of the number of head is
1 1 1
𝐸(𝑋) = ∑ 𝑥. 𝑝(𝑥) = 0 × + 1 × + +2 × = 1
4 2 4
S.No Question BL CO
1 Box A contains 5 red and 3 white marbles and box B contains 2

red and 6 white marbles. If a marble is drawn from each box, L2 4
what is the probability that they are both of same colour.
41 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
2 Of three men, the chances that a politician, business man or an
academician will be appointed as vice chancellor of a
university are 0.5,0.3,0.2 respectively. The probability that the
research is promoted by these persons if they are appointed as
L3 4
V.C are 0.3,0.7 and 0.8.
a) Find the probability that the research is promoted?
b) if research is promoted then find the probability that V.C is an
academician?
3 A businessman goes to the hotels X, Y, Z are 20%, 50%, 30% of L3 4
the time respectively. It is known that 5%, 4%, 8% of the rooms in
X, Y, Z hotels have faulty plumbing. What is the probability that
business man’s room having faulty plumbing is assigned to hotel
Z?
4 State and prove Addition theorem and Bayes theorem L1 4
5 A can hit a target 3 times in 5 shots, B hits target 2 time in 5 L3 4

shots, C hits target 3 times in 4 shots. Find the probability of the
target being hit when all of them try.
6 Two dice are thrown, let X assign to each of (a, b) in S the L3 4
maximum of its numbers i.e., X (a, b) = max (a, b). Find the
probability distribution and also find the mean and variance of
the distribution.
7 A continuous random variable has the probability density L3 4
𝑘𝑥𝑒 −𝜆𝑥 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑥 ≥ 0, 𝜆 > 0
function 𝑓(𝑥) = {
0, 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
Determine (i) k (ii) Mean (iii) variance
13. Supportive Online Certification Courses
1. Introduction to Probability and Statistics by Prof. G. Srinivasan

IIT Madras – 4 weeks
14. Real Time Applications
S. No Application CO
42 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
1 Probability Theory used in the earthquake risk assessment and its 4
consequent possible reduction
15. Contents Beyond the Syllabus
1. Probability theory with applications to engineering problems such as the reliability

of circuits and systems.
16. Prescribed Text Books & Reference Books
Text Book
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons.
References:
1. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, McGraw Hill Education
2. Alan Jeffrey, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Elsevier Publishers
43 | N M P T - U N I T - I V
SVCE TIRUPATI
COURSE MATERIAL

UNIT V
COURSE II B. TECH
SEMESTER 2-2

(Faculty Name/s)
TABLE OF CONTENTS – UNIT IV

S. NO CONTENTS PAGE
2 PREREQUISITES 1
BTECH_EEE/ME-SEM 22
SVCE TIRUPATI
3 SYLLABUS 1
4 COURSE OUTCOMES 1
6 LESSON PLAN 2
8 LECTURE NOTES
5.1 Introduction 3
5.2 Binomial Distribution 4
5.3 Poisson Distribution 7
5.4 Normal Distribution 12
9 PRACTICE QUIZ 20
10 ASSIGNMENTS 22
BTECH_EEE/ME-SEM 22
SVCE TIRUPATI
This course aims at providing the student with the knowledge on

• Various numerical methods for solving equations, interpolating the polynomials,
evaluation of integral equations and solution of differential equations.
2. PREREQUISITES
• Basic Mathematics & Calculus
• Permutations and combinations
3. SYLLABUS
UNIT V: Random Variables & Distributions:
Probability distribution - Binomial, Poisson approximation to the binomial distribution
and normal distribution-their properties-Uniform distribution-exponential distribution
4. COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations
4. Apply Probability theory to find the chances of happening of events.
5. Understand various probability distributions and calculate their statistical constants.
CO1 3 3
CO2 3 3
CO3 3 3
CO4 3 3
CO5 3 3
1|NMPT-UNIT-V
SVCE TIRUPATI
6. LESSON PLAN
Lecture
Weeks Topics to be covered References
No.
1 Introduction of Binomial Distribution T1, R1
2 Problems on binomial Distribution T1, R1

1
3 Problems on binomial Distribution T1, R1
4 Introduction of Poisson Distribution T1, R1
5 Problems on Poisson distribution T1, R1
6 Problems on Poisson distribution T1, R1

2
7 Normal distribution and properties T1, R1
8 Problems on Normal distribution T1, R1
T1, R1
9 Problems on Normal distribution
3
T1, R1
10 Problems on Normal distribution
1.Probability game on Cards

2.Probability game on dice
2|NMPT-UNIT-V
SVCE TIRUPATI
8. LECTURE NOTES
5.1 INTRODUCTION
In day-to-day life, we come across many random variables such as ------

1.Number of male children in a family having three children.
2.Number of passengers getting into a bus at the bus stand.
3.I.Q. of children
4.Number of stones thrown successively at a mango on the tree until the mango in
hit
5.Marks scored by a candidate in the P.U.E. examination.
For a quick analysis of distributions of such random variables, we consider their

theoretical equivalents. These equivalent distributions are originated according to
certain theoretical assumptions and restrictions. Such theoretically designed
distributions are called theoretical distributions.
There are many types (families) of theoretical distributions. Some of them
(i) Binomial distribution
(ii) Poisson distribution
(iii) Normal distribution
(iv) Uniform distribution
(v) Exponential distribution.
BERNOULLI EXPERIMENT:
Suppose a random experiment has two outcomes, namely, “Success” and

“Failure”. Let probability of Success be p and let probability of Failure be q=(1-p).
Such an experiment is called Bernoulli experiment or Bernoulli trial.
Let a Bernoulli experiment be conducted (repeated) n times. Let the
variable Xi (i=1,2, 3,…n) take values 1 and 0 according as the i th experiment is a
Success or a Failure. Then, Xi is a Bernoulli variate with parameter p. It denotes the
number of success in the ith experiment.
3|NMPT-UNIT-V
SVCE TIRUPATI
Let X = X1+X2+…..+Xn. Then, X denotes the number of success in these n repetitions.
Example:
1. Let coin be tossed 3 times. Let Xi (i=1,2,3) be a variate which takes values 1 and 0
according as the ith toss result in “Head” or “Tail”. Then, X = X1+X2+X3 denotes “the
number of head” obtained in the 3 tosses.
Result:
If X1, X2, …Xn are independently and identically distributed (i,i,d) Bernoulli variates with
common parameter p, their sum X = X1+X2 + ….+Xn is a Binomial variate with
parameters n and p
5.2 BINOMIAL DISTRIBUTION
A Probability distribution which has the following probability mass function (p.m.f) is
called Binomial distribution.
p(x) = nCx px qn-x, x=0,1, 2……n.
0<p<1; q=1-p
Here n, p are parameters the variable X is discrete and it is called Binomial variate.
Note1: Binomial p.m.f. has two independent constants, namely, n and p. These two
constants are the parameters of binomial distribution
Note2: A binomial distribution with parameter n and p is denoted by b(x;n,p) or
B(n,p).
EXAMPLES FOR BINOMIAL VARIATE
1.Number of heads obtained in 3 tosses of a coin.
2.Number of male children in a family of 5 children
3.Number of bombs hitting a bridge among 8 bombs which are dropped on it.
4.Number of defective articles in a random sample of 5 articles drawn from a
manufactured lot
5.Number of seeds germinating among 10 seeds which were sown
4|NMPT-UNIT-V
SVCE TIRUPATI
MEAN & VARIANCE OF BINOMIAL DISTIBUTION
Mean is E(X) = np
Variance is Var(X) = np(1-p) = 𝑛𝑝𝑞
Standard deviation is S.D.(X) = √𝑛𝑝𝑞
RECURRENCE RELATION BETWEEN SUCCESSIVE TERMS
We have 𝑝(𝑥) =𝑛 𝑛𝑥 𝑝 𝑥 𝑞 𝑛−𝑥

and 𝑝(𝑥 − 1) =𝑛 𝐶𝑥−1 𝑝 𝑥−1 𝑞 𝑛−𝑥+1
Therefore,
𝑝(𝑥) 𝑛𝐶𝑥 𝑝𝑥 𝑞𝑛−𝑥 (𝑛−𝑥+1)
= 𝑛𝐶 𝑥−1 𝑞 𝑛−𝑥+1
=
𝑝(𝑥−1) 𝑥−1 𝑝 𝑥
(𝑛+1−𝑥) 𝑝
𝑝(𝑥) = . 𝑞 . 𝑝(𝑥 − 1)
𝑥
Thus, this is the recurrence relation between success probabilities of binomial

distribution when p(x-1) is known, this relation can be used to obtain p(x).
1. The incidence of an occupational disease in an industry is such that the worker

has 25% change of suffering from it. What is the probability that out of 5 workers,
at the most two contacts that disease?
Solutions:
X: number of workers contracting the diseases among 5 workers
Then, X is a binomial variate with parameter n=5 and
P= P [a worker contracts the disease] = 25/100 = 0.25
The probability mass function (p.m.f) is –
P(x) = 5Cx (0.25) x (0.75)5-x, x=0,1, 2….5
The probability that at the most two workers contact the disease is ---
𝑃[𝑋 ≤ 2] = 𝑝(𝑥 = 0) + 𝑝(𝑥 = 1) + 𝑝(𝑥 = 2)
=5 𝐶0 (0.25)0 (0.75)5 +5 𝐶1 (0.25)1 (0.75)4 +5 𝐶2 (0.25)2 (0.75)3
= 0.2373 + 0.3955 + 0.2637
= 0.8965
5|NMPT-UNIT-V
SVCE TIRUPATI
2. In a large consignment of electric lamps, 5% are defective. A random sample of 8

lamps is taken for inspection. What is the probability that it has one or more
defectives?
Solution:
X: number of defective lamps
Then, X is B (n=8, p=5/100 = 0.05)
The p.m.f. is –
p(x) = 8𝐶𝑥 (0.05)𝑥 (0.95)8−𝑥 , 𝑥 = 0,1,2, . . .8
P [sample has one or more defectives] = 1-P [no defectives]
= 1-p (x=0)
= 1 − 8C 0 (0.05)0 (0.95)8
= 1 – 0.6634 = 0.3366
3. In a Binomial distribution the mean is 6 and the variance is 1.5. Then, find (i) P[X=2]
and (ii) P[X≤2].
Solution:
Let n and p be the parameters. Then,

Mean = np = 6
Variance = npq = 1.5
𝑉𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑛𝑝𝑞 1.5 1
= = =4
𝑀𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝑛𝑝 6
Therefore, q = ¼ and p = ¾
Therefore, Mean = n*3/4 = 6
That is, n = 24/3 = 8
The p.m.f is -------
p(x) = 8Cx (3/4) x (1/4)8-x, x=0,1, 2…….8
(i) P[X=2] = 8C2 (3/4)2 (1/4)6 =252/65536=0.003845
(ii) P[X≤2] = p(x=0) +p(x=1) +p (x=2)
= 8C0 (3/4)0 (1/4)8 + 8C1 (3/4)1 (1/4)7 + 8C2 (3/4)2 (1/4)6
= 277/65536 = 0.004227
6|NMPT-UNIT-V
SVCE TIRUPATI
5.3 POISSON DISTRIBUTION
A probability distribution which has the following probability mass function (p.m.f) is
called Poisson distribution
𝑒 −λ λ𝑥
𝑝(𝑥) = , 𝑥 = 0, 1, 2 … … … …
𝑥!
Here, the variable X is discrete and it is called Poisson variate.
Note 1: λ is the parameter of Poisson, Poisson distribution has only one parameter
Note 2: Poisson distribution may be treated as limiting form of binomial distribution

under the following conditions. (Binomial distribution tends to Poisson distribution
under the following conditions.)
(i) p is very small (p→0)
(ii) n is very large (n →∞) and
(iii) np=λ is fixed
EXAMPLES FOR POISSON VARIATE:

Many variables which occur in nature vary according to the Poisson law. Some of
them are
1. Number of deaths occurring in a city in a day
2. Number of road accidents occurring in a city in a day
3. Number of incoming telephone calls at an exchange in one minute
4. Number of vehicles crossing a junction in one minute.
1. The number of accidents occurring in a city in a day is a Poisson variate with mean
0.8. Find the probability that on a randomly selected day
(i)There are no accidents
(ii)There are accidents
Solution:
Let X: number of accidents per day.
Then, X is P(λ=0.8).
The p.m.f. is –
7|NMPT-UNIT-V
SVCE TIRUPATI
𝑒 −0.8 (0.8)𝑥
𝑝(𝑥) = , 𝑥 = 0,1,2,3, . . ..
𝑥!
(i) Probability that a particular day there are no accidents is ------------

P [no accidents] = P[X=0]
𝑒 −0.8 (0.8)0
= = 𝑒 −0.8 = 0.449
0!
(ii) P [accidents occur] = 1-P [no accidents]

= 1-p(0) = 1-0.449 = 0.551
2. The number of persons joining a cinema queue in a minute has Poisson distribution
with parameter 5.8. Find the probability that (i) no one joins the queue in a particular
minute (ii)2 or more persons join the queue in the minute.
Solution:
Let X: number of persons joining the queue in a minute Then, is P(λ=5.8).
The p.m.f is -------------------
𝑒 −5.8 (5.8)𝑥
𝑝(𝑥) = , 𝑥 = 0,1,2,3, . . ..
𝑥!
(i) P [no one joints the queue] = P[X=0] = p(0)
𝑒 −5.8 (5.8)0
= 0!
= 𝑒 −5.8=0.003
(ii) P [two or more join] = 𝑃[𝑋 ≥ 2]

= 1 − 𝑃[𝑋 ≺ 2]
= 1 − {𝑝(0) + 𝑝(1)}
𝑒 −5.8 (5.8)0 𝑒 −5.8 (5.8)1
=1−{ + }
0! 1!
= 1 − 𝑒 −5.8 {1 + 5.8}
= 1 − 0.003 × 6.8
= 1 − 0.0204 = 0.9796
8|NMPT-UNIT-V
SVCE TIRUPATI
3. The average number of telephone calls booked at an exchange between 10-00 A.M.
and 10-10 A.M. is Find the probability that on a randomly selected day 2 or more calls
are booked between 10-00 A.M. and 10-10 A.M. On how many days of a year, would
you expect booking of 2 or more calls during those times gap.
Solution:
Let X: number of telephone calls booked at the exchange during 10-00 A.M. to 10-
10 A.M. Then, X is P(λ=4).
The p.m.f is ---
𝑒 −4 4𝑥
𝑝(𝑥) = , 𝑥 = 0,1,2,3, . ..
𝑥!
P [2 or more calls] = 1-P [less than 2 calls]
= 1 – [p (0) +p (1)]
= 1 – e-4[(40)/0! +(41)/1!]
= 1 – 0.0183[1+4]
= 1 – 0.0915 = 0.9085
A year has 365 days. Out of these N = 365 days, the number of days on which there
will be 2 or more calls is ---
N *P [2 or more calls] = 365 * 0.9085 = 332
4. 2 percent of the fuses manufactured by a firm are expected to be defective, Find

the probability that a box containing 200 fuses contains
(i) defective fuses
(ii) 3 or more defective fuse
Solution:
2 percent of the fuses are defective. Therefore, probability that a fuse is defective is
p = 2/100 = 0.02
Let X denote the number of defective fuses in the box of 200 fuses.
Here, p is very small and n is very large. Therefore, X can be treated as Poisson variate
with parameter λ=np = 200 * 0.02 = 4.
9|NMPT-UNIT-V
SVCE TIRUPATI
The p.m.f. is ----

𝑒 −4 4𝑥
𝑝(𝑥) = , 𝑥 = 0,1,2,3, . ..
𝑥!
P [box has defective fuses] = 1-P [no defective fuses]

= 1 – p (0)
= 1 – e-4[(40)/0!]
= 1 – 0.0183 =0.9817
P [3 or more defective fuses] = 1-P [less than 3 defective fuses]
= 1 – [p (0) +p (1) +p (2)]
= 1 – e-4[1+4+8]
= 1 – 0.0183*13
= 1 – 0.2379 =0.7621
5. The probability that a razor blade manufactured by a firm is defective is 1/500.

Blades are supplied in packets of 5 each. In a lot of 10,000 packets, how many
packets would
(i)Be free defective blades?
(ii) Contains exactly one defective blade? (e-0.01=0.99)
Solution:
Let X be the number of defective blades in a packet of 5 blades. p = 1/500
Since p is very small and n is sufficiently large, X is treated as Poisson variate with
parameter λ=np = 5*(1/500) = 0.01
𝑒 −0.01 (0.01)𝑥
𝑝(𝑥) = , 𝑥 = 0,1,2,3, . ..
𝑥!
(i) P [ no defective blades] = p (0)
= e-0.01[(0.01)0/0!] = 0.99
The number of packets which will be free of defective blades is -----
N * P [no defective blades] = 10000*0.99 = 9900
10 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
(ii) P [one defective blade] = p (1)

= e-0.01[(0.01)1/1!] = 0.0099
The number pf packets which will have one defectives blade is ----
N * P [one defective blade] = 10000*0.0099 = 99
6. On an average, a typist mistakes while typing one page. What is the probability
that a randomly observed page in free of mistakes? Among 200 pages, in how
many pages would you expect mistakes?
Solution:
Let X: number of mistakes in a page.
Then, X is P(λ=3).
The p.m.f. is ---
𝑒 −3 3𝑥
𝑝(𝑥) = , 𝑥 = 0,1,2,3, . . ..
𝑥!
P [page is free of mistakes] = p(0)
𝑒 −3 30
= = 𝑒 −3 = 0.0498
0!
P [page has mistakes] = 1-P [Page has no mistakes]

= 1-0.0498=0.9502
Among 200 pages, the expected number of pages containing mistakes is ---
N*P [page has mistakes] = 200*0.9502=190
7. In a Poisson distribution P[X=2] = P[X=3]. Find P[X=4].

Solution:
Let λ be the parameter
Here, P [X = 2] = P[X=3]
𝑒 −𝜆 𝜆2 𝑒 −𝜆 𝜆3
⇒3× =
2! 3!
𝜆
⇒1=
3
And so, λ=3
11 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
The p.m.f. is ----

𝑒 −3 3𝑥
𝑝(𝑥) = , 𝑥 = 0,1,2, . . ..
𝑥!
𝑒 −3 32
P[X=4] = p(4) = 4!
0.0498×81
= = 0.1681
24
8. For a Poisson variable 3 * P[X=2] = P[X=4]. Find standard deviation.

Solution:
Here, 3*P [X = 2] = P[X=4]
𝑒 −𝜆 𝜆2 𝑒 −𝜆 𝜆4
⇒3× =
2! 4!
𝜆2
⇒3=
3×4
And so, λ2=36
That is, λ=6
Thus, the parameter is λ=6
The standard deviation S.D.(X) = √𝜆 = √6 = 2.449
5.4 NORMAL DISTRIBUTION
A probability distribution which has the following probability density function (p.d.f) is
called Normal distribution
1 1 𝑥−𝜇 2
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 −2 (𝜎
)
, −∞ < 𝑥 < ∞, 𝜎>0
𝜎√2𝜋
Here, the variable X is continuous and it is called Normal variate.
Note 1: The distribution has two parameters, namely, µ and σ.
(Here, Π=3.14 and e=2.718)
Note 2: This normal distribution has Mean E(X) = µ and
Variance = V(X) = σ2. S.D.(X)=σ.
Note 3: A normal variate with parameters µ and σ is denoted by N (µ, σ2)
12 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
EXAMPLES FOR NORMAL VARIATE

Many of the variables which occur in nature have normal distribution. Some
examples are –
1.Height of students of a college
2.Weight of apples grown in an orchard
3.I.Q(Intelligence Quotient) of a large group of children.
4.Marks scored by students in an examination
PROPERTIES OF NORMAL DISTRIBUTION (Properties of normal Curve):

A normal distribution with parameters µ and σ has the following properties.
1.The curve is Bell –shaped

a. It is symmetrical (Non-skew).
That is β1 = 0
b. The mean, media and mode are equal
2. The curve is asymptotic to the X-axis. That is, the curve touches the X-axis only at -∞
and+∞.
3. The curve has points of inflexion at µ - σ and µ +σ.
4. For the distribution ….
a. Standard deviation = σ
b. Quartile deviation = 2/3 σ (approximately)
c. Mean deviation = 4/5 σ (approximately)
5. The distribution is mesokurtic. That is, β2 =3.
6. Total area under the curve is unity.
P [a < X ≤ b] = Area bounded by the curve and the ordinates at a and b
a. P [ µ - σ < X ≤ µ + σ] = 0.6826 = 68.26%
b. P [µ – 2σ < X ≤ µ + 2σ] = 0.9544 = 95.44%
c. P [µ – 3 σ < X ≤ µ + 3σ] = 0.9974 = 99.74%
13 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
STANDARD NORMAL VARIATE:

A normal variate with mean µ=0 and standard deviation σ =1 is called
Standard Normal Variate. It is denoted by Z. Its probability density function is –
1 −𝑧2
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒− 2 , −∞ < 𝑧 < ∞
√2𝜋
The graph of standard normal distribution is shown in the figure
The shaded area in the figure represents the probability that the variate takes
a value between 0 and z. This area can be read from the table of areas under
Standard Normal Curve. Corresponding to nay positive z, the area from 0 to z can be
read from this table.
𝑋−𝜇
Let X be a normal variate with mean µ and standard deviation σ. Then 𝑍 = is a
𝜎
Standard Normal Variate

Therefore, to find any probability regarding X, the Standard Normal Variate can be
made use of.
Note: The Standard Normal Variate is denoted by N (0,1).
1. X is a normal variate with mean 42 and standard deviation 4. Find the probability
that a value taken by X is
(i)less than 50 (ii) greater than 50
(iii) less than 40 (iv) greater than 40
(v) between 40 and 44 (vi) between 37 and 41.
Solution:
X is a normal variate with parameters µ=42 and σ=4
14 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
Therefore,
𝑥−𝜇 𝑥−42
𝑧= = is a Standard Normal Variate.
𝜎 4
𝑥−42 50−42
(i) 𝑝(𝑥 < 50) = 𝑝( < )
4 4
= P[Z<2]
= area from (-) to 2
= [area from (-) to 0] + [area from 0 to 2]
= 0.5 + 0.4772(from the table)
= 0.977200
𝑥−42 50−42
(ii) 𝑝(𝑥 > 50) = 𝑝( > )
4 4
= P[Z<2]
= area from 2 to 
= [area from 0 to  ] - [area from 0 to 2]
= 0.5 - 0.4772(from the table)
= 0.0228
𝑥−42 40−42
(iii) 𝑝(𝑥 < 40) = 𝑝( < )
4 4
= P [Z < -0.5]
= area from (- ) to (-0.5)
= area from 0.5 to 
= [area from 0 to ] - [area from 0 to 0.5]
= 0.5 - 0.1915
= 0.3085
𝑥−42 40−42
(iv) 𝑝(𝑥 > 40) = 𝑝( > )
4 4
= P [Z > -0.5]
= area from (-0.5) to 
= area from (-0.5) to 0] + [area from 0 to ]
= [area from 0 to 0.5] + [area from 0 to ]
= 0.1915 + 0.5
= 0.6915
15 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
40−42 𝑥−42 44−42

(v) 𝑝(40 < 𝑥 < 44) = 𝑝( < < )
4 4 4
= P [-0.5 < Z < 0.5]
= area from -0.5 to 0.5
= area from -0.5 to 0] + [area from 0 to 0.5]
= area from 0 to 0.5] + [area from 0 to 0.5]
= 0.1915 + 0.1915
= 0.3830
37−42 𝑥−42 41−42
(vi) 𝑝(37 < 𝑥 < 41) = 𝑝( < < )
4 4 4
= P [-1.25 < Z <-0.25]
= area from –1.25 to 0.25
= area from 0.25 to 1.25
= area from 0 to 1.25] - [area from 0 to 0.25]
= 0.3944 – 0.0987
= 0.2957.
2. Height of students is normally distributed with mean 165 cms and standard
deviation 5 cms. Find the probability that height of a students is
(i) more than 177 cms.
(ii) less than 162 cms.
Solution:
Let X denote height. Then, X is a normal variate with parameters µ = 165 cms and σ=5
𝑥−𝜇 𝑥−165
Then 𝑧 = =
𝜎 5
(i) Probability that the student is more than 177 cms tall is –
𝑥−165 177−165
𝑝(𝑥 > 177) = 𝑝( > )
5 5
= P [Z > 2.4]
16 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
= [area from 0 to ] – [area from 0 to 2.4]
= 0.5 – 0.4918
= 0.0082
(ii) Probability that the student is less than 162 cms. Tall is -----
𝑥−165 162−165
𝑝(𝑥 < 162) = 𝑝( < )
5 5
= P [Z < -0.6]
= area from (-) to (-0.6)
= [area from 0 to ] – [area from 0 to 0.6]
= 0.5 – 0.2258
= 0.2742
3. Mean life of electric bulbs manufactured by a firm is 1200 hrs. The standard
deviation is 200 hrs.
(i) In a lot of 10,000 bulbs, how many bulbs are expected have life 1050 hrs. or more?
(ii) What is the percentage of bulbs which are expected to find before 1500 hrs. of
service?
Solution:
Let X denotes the life of the bulbs. Then, X is a normal variate with parameters
µ=1200hrs σ=200 hrs
𝑥−𝜇 𝑥−1200
Then 𝑧 = =
𝜎 200
(i) Probability that life of a bulb is 1050 hrs. or more is ---

𝑥−1200 1050−1200
𝑝(𝑥 ≥ 1050) = 𝑝( ≥ )
200 200
=P [ Z ≤ -0.75]
=0.2734 + 0.5
=0.7734
17 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
In a lot of n=10,000 bulbs, expected number of bulbs with life 1050 hrs. or
more is ---
N * P[X≥1050] =10000*0.7734=7734
(ii) Probability that life of a bulb is before 1500 hrs is ---

𝑥 − 1200 1500 − 1200
𝑝(𝑥 ≤ 1050) = 𝑝( ≤ )
200 200
= P [ Z < 1.5]
=0.5 + 0.4332
=0.9332
The percentage of bulbs with life less than 1500 hrs is ---
100 * P[X<1500] =100*0.9332=93.32
4. The mean and standard deviation of marks scored by a group of students in an

examination are 47 and 10 respectively. If only 20% of the students have to be
promoted, which should be the marks limits for promotion?
Solution:
Let X denotes marks. Then, X is a normal variate with parameters µ=47 and σ=10.
𝑥−𝜇 𝑥−47
Then 𝑧 = =
𝜎 10
Let a be the marks above which if a student scores he would be promoted. Then,
since only 20% of the students have to be promoted the probability of a student
getting promotion should be 20/100=0.2
Therefore,
𝑝(𝑥 ≥ 𝑎) = 0.2
𝑥 − 47 𝑎 − 47
𝑝( ≥ ) = 0.2
10 10
𝑎 − 47
𝑝 (𝑧 ≥ ) = 0.2
10
𝑎−47
And so, P[Z≥.z] = 0.2 where z= 1
That is, [area from z to ∞] =0.2

That is, [area from 0 to z] =0.3
18 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
From the table of areas, the value of z for which [area from 0 to z] = 0.3 is z=0.84
Therefore, z=0.84.
𝑎−47
And so, = 0.84
10
𝑎 − 47 = 8.4
𝑎 = 55.4
Thus, the marks limit for promotion is a = 55.4
19 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
9. Practice Quiz
1. The mean of binomial distribution is……………………. [ B ]
A) 0 B) np C) npq D) 𝑛𝑝(1 + 𝑞)
2. The probability of getting 2 heads in tossing 5 coins [ A ]
1 5 1 3 1 1 2
A) 5𝐶2 (2) B) 5𝐶2 (2) (2) C) 5𝐶3 (2) D) None
3. The mean of binomial distribution is 4 and variance is 2 then P = [ B ]
1 1
A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D) None
4. If 𝑛 = 400𝑃 = 0.2 of binomial distribution then standard deviation is [ A ]
A) 8 B) 9 C) 10 D) None
5. The condition for binomial distribution approaches to poison distribution when. [ C ]
A) 𝑃 → Very small B) 𝑛 → Very large value, 𝑛𝑝 = 𝜆constant
C) Both A and B D) None
6. In …………………. distribution mean, variance are equal [ C]
A) Normal B) Binomial C) Poisson D) None
7. If X is a Poisson variate with 𝜆= 3 then 𝑃(𝑥 = 0) =……………….. [ A ]
𝑒 −3
A) 𝑒 −3 B) C) −3𝑒 −3 D) None
−3
8. The shape normal curve is [ B ]
A) parabola B) bell shape C) Hyperbola D) None
9. The area under the whole normal curve is [ B ]
A) 0 B) 1 C) 0.5 D) None
20 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
−𝑧2
1
10. If 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 2 then mean, variances are [ A ]
√2𝜋
A) (0,1) B) (1,0) C) (0,0) D) None
11. The mean, mode, median of a normal distribution are …………… [ A ]
A) Equal B) unequal C) Both A and B D) None
12. The mean of Poisson distribution is 8, then its variance is---- [ D ]

A) 2 B) 1 C) 6 D) 8
13. If P (1) =P (2), then the mean of the Poisson distribution is---- [ C]
A) 1 B) 0 C) 2 D) -1
14. If x is a normal variate find 𝑃(−0.8 ≤ 𝑧 ≤ 1.53) [ C]
A) 0.5 B) 1 C) 0.7251 D) None
15. If 𝜇 = 1, 𝜎 = 3 find 𝑃(3.43 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 6.19) [ D ]
A) 1.5 B) 0.5 C) 0.75 D) 0.1672
21 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
10. Assignments
S.No Question BL CO
Out of 800 families with 5 children each, how many would you expect L3 CO5
1 to have (a) 3 boys (b) 5 girls (c) either 2 or 3 boys, assume equal
probabilities for boys and girls.
2% of the items of a factory are defective. The items are packed in L3 CO5
2 boxes. What is the probability that there will be (i) 2 defective items
(ii) at least three defective items in a box of 100 items.
If X is a Poisson variate such that 3𝑃(𝑥 = 4) = 2 𝑃(𝑥 = 2) + 𝑃(𝑥 = 0) L3 CO5

1
3
find (i) the mean of X (ii) 𝑃(𝑥 ≤ 2)
Suppose the weights of 800 male students are normally distributed with L3 CO5
𝜇 = 140 pounds and standard deviation 10 pounds find the number of
4
students whose weight are (i) between 138 and 148 pounds
(ii) more than 152 pounds.
In a normal distribution 7% of the items are under 35, 89% are under 63. L3 CO5
5
Determine the mean and variance of the distribution.
22 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
1 Define Binomial distribution?

Sol: A Probability distribution which has the following probability
L1 5
mass function (p.m.f) is called Binomial distribution.
p(x) = nCx px qn-x, x=0,1, 2……n.
2 What are the mean and variance of binomial distribution?
Sol: Mean is E(X) = np L1 5
Variance is Var(X) = np(1-p) = 𝑛𝑝𝑞
3 If a coin is tossed 5 times, find the probability of exactly 2 heads?
Sol: Number of trials n=5
Probability of head p= 1/2 and hence the probability of tail q =1/2 L1 5
For exactly two heads: x=2
P(x=2) = 5C2 p2 q5-2 = 10 × (½)2× (½)3=5/16
4 If 75% of all purchases at a certain store are made with a credit

card and X is the number among ten randomly selected purchases
made with a credit card, then find mean and variance. L3 5
Sol: Here n=10 p=75%=0.75, q=0.25. It follows Binomial distribution.
E(X) = np = (10) (.75) = 7.5, V(X) = npq = 10(.75) (.25) = 1.875
5 Write the probability mass function for poison distribution?
Sol: A probability mass function for Poisson distribution
L1 5
−λ 𝑥
𝑒 λ
𝑝(𝑥) = , 𝑥 = 0, 1, 2 … … … …
𝑥!
6 A random variable X has a Poisson distribution with
parameter λ such that P (X = 1) = (0.2) P (X = 2). Find λ value.
Sol: For the Poisson distribution, the probability function is defined
as: 𝑝(𝑥) =
𝑒 −λ λ𝑥
where λ is a parameter. L3 5
𝑥!
Given that, P (x = 1) = (0.2) P (X = 2)

𝑒 −λ λ1 𝑒 −λ λ2
= (0.2) ⇒λ = λ2/ 10 ⇒λ = 10
1! 2!
23 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
7 Define standard normal distribution?
Sol: A normal variate with mean µ=0 and standard deviation σ =1
is called Standard Normal Variate. It is denoted by Z. Its probability L1 5
−𝑧2
1
density function is 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒− 2 , −∞ < 𝑧 < ∞
√2𝜋
8 Define Normal distribution.

Sol: A probability distribution which has the following probability
density function (p.d.f) is called Normal distribution L1 5
1 1 𝑥−𝜇 2
𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 −2 ( 𝜎
)
, −∞ < 𝑥 < ∞, 𝜎>0
𝜎√2𝜋
9 X is a normal variate with mean 42 and standard deviation 4. Find
the probability that a value taken by X is greater than 40.
𝑥−42 40−42
Sol: 𝑝(𝑥 > 40) = 𝑝( > )
4 4
= P [Z > -0.5] L3 5
= [area from 0 to 0.5] + [area from 0 to ]
= 0.1915 + 0.5 = 0.6915
10 Write down any two properties of Normal distribution.

Sol: 1. The curve is Bell –shaped
L1 5
2. The curve is asymptotic to the X-axis. That is, the curve touches
the X-axis only at -∞ and +∞
24 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
S.No Question BL CO
1 a) Find mean, variance of binomial distributions

4
b) The mean and variance of binomial distribution are 4 and 3 L2 5
respectively find 𝑃(𝑥 ≥ 1)

2 a) Find mean, variance of a Poisson distribution
b) If the variance of a Poisson variate is 3, then find the L3 5
probability that (i) x = 0, (ii) 0 < 𝑥 ≤ 3 (iii) 1 < 𝑥 < 4
3 Out of 800 families with 5 children each, how many would you
expect to have (a) 3 boys (b) 5 girls (c) either 2 or 3 boys, L3 5
assume equal probabilities for boys and girls.
4 The marks obtained in statistics in a certain examination found
to be normally distributed. If 15% of the students’ marks>=60, L3 5
40% <= 30marks, Find the mean and standard deviation.
5 The heights of 1000 students are normally distributed with a
mean of 174.5 cm and a standard deviation of 6.9 cm.
Assuming that the heights are recorded to the nearest half-cm,
L3 5
how many of these students would you expect to have heights:
(i) Less than 160.0 cms? (ii) Between 171.5 and 182.0 cms
inclusive? (iii) Greater than or equal to 188.0 cms.
25 | N M P T - U N I T - V
SVCE TIRUPATI
13. Supportive Online Certification Courses
1. Introduction to Probability and Statistics by Prof. G. Srinivasan

IIT Madras – 4 weeks
14. Real Time Applications
S. No Application CO
1 Probability Theory used in the earthquake risk assessment and its 4

consequent possible reduction
15. Contents Beyond the Syllabus
1. Probability theory with applications to engineering problems such as the reliability

of circuits and systems.
16. Prescribed Text Books & Reference Books
Text Book
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons.
References:
1. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, McGraw Hill Education
2. Alan Jeffrey, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Elsevier Publishers
26 | N M P T - U N I T - V

Numerical Methods & Probability Theory (20A54402) : Lecture Notes

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Numerical Methods & Probability Theory (20A54402) : Lecture Notes

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Numerical Methods & Probability Theory (20A54402) : Lecture Notes

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NUMERICAL METHODS &

II -B.TECH & I-SEM

VEMU INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

Near Pakala, P.Kothakota, Chittoor- Tirupathi Highway

Chittoor, Andhra Pradesh-517 112

Web Site: www.vemu.org

NUMERICAL METHODS AND

DEPARTMENT HUMANITIES & SCIENCE

PREPARED BY Department of Mathematics

Introduction-Bisection method-Iterative method-Regula falsi method-Newton

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

• Apply numerical methods to solve algebraic and transcendental equations

LECTURE WEEK TOPICS TO BE COVERED REFERENCES

7. ACTIVITY BASED LEARNING

1. To Solve Ordinary Differential Equations by using Numerical Techniques

Solutions of Algebraic and Transcendental equations:

1) Polynomial function: A function f ( x ) is said to be a polynomial function

ie, 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎0 𝑥 𝑛 + 𝑎1 𝑥 𝑛−1 + ⋯ … … … . . +𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 + 𝑎𝑛

where a0  0 , the co-efficients a0 , a1...........an are real constants and n is a

2) Algebraic function: A function which is a sum (or) difference (or) product of

two polynomials is called an algebraic function. Otherwise, the function is

3) Root of an equation: A number  is called a root of an equation f ( x ) = 0 if

f ( ) = 0 . We also say that  is a zero of the function.

Methods to find the roots of f (x) = 0

We know the solution of the polynomial equations such as linear equation

Bisection method is a simple iteration method to solve an equation. This method is

This method is known as Bisection Method

1). Find a root of the equation x 3 − 5 x + 1 = 0 using the bisection method in 5 –

 One root lies between 0 and 1

By Bisection method the next approximation is

We find f ( x3 ) = −0.234375  0 and f ( 0 )  0

Since f ( 0 )  0 , we conclude that root lies between x0 and x3

The third approximation of the root is

Since f ( x4 )  0 and f ( x3 )  0 , the root lies between

x4 = 0.125 and x3 = 0.25

Considering the 4th approximation of the roots

f ( x5 ) = 0.06910  0 , since f ( x5 )  0 and f ( x3 )  0 the root must lie between

𝑥5 = 0.18758 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥3 = 0.25

Here the fifth approximation of the root is

We are asked to do up to 5 stages

We stop here 0.21875 is taken as an approximate value of the root

and it lies between 0 and 1

We note that f ( 2 )  0 and f ( 3)  0

 One root lies between 2 and 3

Calculating f ( x2 ) = f ( 2.5 ) = −3.375  0

 The root lies between 𝑥2 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑥1

Now 𝑓(𝑥3 ) = 𝑓(2.75) = 0.7969 > 0

 The root lies between x2 and x3

Thus the third approximation to the root is

Again f ( x4 ) = f ( 2.625 ) = −1.421  0

 The root lies between x3 and x4

x2 , x3 , x4 ,…obtained converge to the expected root of the equation y = f ( x )

The below graph shows how to execute Regula Falsi Method

To Obtain the equation to find the next approximation to the root

Now we decide whether the root lies between

We name that interval as ( x1 , x2 ) The line joining(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) meets x – axis at x3

Where 𝑥𝑖 < 𝑥𝑖+1 and𝑓(𝑥0 ), 𝑓(𝑥𝑖+1 ) are of opposite signs.

1. By using Regula - Falsi method, find an approximate root of the equation

Sol. Let us take f ( x ) = x 4 − x − 10 and x0 = 1.8, x1 = 2